Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-26497

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

LOGO

 

DELAWARE   77-0121400

(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF

INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

 

(I.R.S. EMPLOYER

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

4880 SANTA ROSA ROAD

CAMARILLO, CALIFORNIA

  93012

(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL

EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

  ( ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (805) 987-0400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class    Name of the Exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share    The NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if Smaller Reporting Company)    Smaller Reporting Company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $80,947,771 based on the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class A

  

Outstanding at February 20, 2014

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share    19,487,403 shares

Class B

  

Outstanding at February 20, 2014

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share    5,553,696 shares

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Document

  

Parts Into Which Incorporated

Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders    Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE  
PART I   
Item 1.    Business      2  
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      17   
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      36   
Item 2.    Properties      36   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      36  
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures      36   
PART II   
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      37   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      38  
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      41   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      72  
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      73   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      119   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      119   
Item 9B.    Other Information      119  
PART III   
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      120  
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      120   
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      120   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence      120   
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services      120  
PART IV   
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      121   
   Signatures      133  
   Exhibit Index      135   


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, in both written reports (such as this report) and oral statements, Salem Communications Corporation (“Salem” or the “company,” including references to Salem by “we,” “us” and “our”) makes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal and state securities laws. Disclosures that use words such as the company “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “will,” “may” or “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, as defined under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect the company’s current expectations and are based upon data available to the company at the time the statements are made. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from expectations. These risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties, are detailed in Salem’s reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements made in this report speak as of the date hereof. Except as required by law, the company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements made in this report. Any such forward-looking statements, whether made in this report or elsewhere, should be considered in context with the various disclosures made by Salem about its business. These projections and other forward-looking statements fall under the safe harbors of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

All metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”) rank information used in this report, excluding information concerning The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, is from the Fall 2013 Radio Market Survey Schedule & Population Rankings published by Nielson Audio (“Nielson”) (formerly Arbitron). According to the Radio Market Survey, the population estimates used are based upon the 2010 U.S. Bureau Census estimates updated and projected to January 1, 2014 by Nielsen.

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Salem Communications Corporation (“Salem”) was formed in 1986 as a California corporation and reincorporated in Delaware in 1999. Salem is a domestic multi-media company with integrated business operations covering radio broadcasting, publishing and the Internet. Our programming is intended for audiences interested in Christian and conservative opinion content. We maintain a website at www.salem.cc. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our principal business strategy is to expand our abilities to produce and deliver compelling content as the interactive marketplace evolves so that we are positioned to be the market leader for audiences interested in Christian and family-themed programming and conservative news talk. We offer traditional radio and emerging media, including web-based offerings, magazines, and book publishing throughout the United States. We continually evaluate opportunities to improve our media platform, investing in and building Internet sites, and supporting our publishing operations. Our national presence in each of these mediums provides advertisers and programmers with a powerful integrated platform to reach our audiences.

We are fundamentally committed to programming and content emphasizing Christian values, conservative family themes and news. Our commitment to these values means that we may choose not to switch to other formats or pursue potentially more profitable business opportunities in response to changes in audience preferences.

Broadcast Programming Strategy

Our foundational business is the ownership and operation of radio stations in large metropolitan markets. We believe that we are the largest commercial U.S. radio broadcasting company delivering Christian and conservative opinion content as measured by our number of radio stations and audience coverage. Upon the close of all announced transactions, we will own and/or operate a national portfolio of 103 radio stations in 39 markets, including 62 stations in 22 of the top 25 markets, which consists of 31 FM stations and 72 AM stations. We are one of only three commercial radio broadcasters with radio stations in all of the top 10 markets. We are the sixth largest operator measured by number of stations overall and the third largest operator measured by number of stations in the top 25 markets. We also program the Family Talk™ Christian-themed talk format station on SiriusXM Channel 131.

Our broadcast business also includes Salem Radio Network® (“SRN”), a wholly owned national radio network syndicating music, news and talk programs to over 2,400 affiliated radio stations, in addition to those stations that we own and operate. We also own and operate Salem Media RepresentativesTM (“SMR”) and Vista Media Representatives (“VMR”), national advertising sales firms with offices in 11 U.S. cities, SRN News Network (“SNN”), Salem Music Network (“SMN”), and Solid Gospel Network (“SGN”). Like SRN, SNN, SMN and SGN are radio networks that produce and distribute talk, news and music programming to numerous radio stations throughout the U.S., including some of our own Salem stations. SMR and VMR sell commercial airtime to national advertisers on our radio stations and our networks, as well as for independent radio station affiliates.

Our broadcast business strategy is to assemble radio station clusters, defined as a group of radio stations operating within the same geographic market. We program our radio stations in formats that we believe target various demographic segments of the audience interested in Christian and family-themed programming and conservative news talk content. Several benefits are achievable when operating multiple radio stations in the same market. First, this clustering and programming strategy allows us to achieve greater access into each segment of our target market, and collectively our stations afford our clients a larger percentage of advertising time in that market. We offer advertisers multiple audiences and can bundle each radio station for advertising sales purposes when advantageous. Second, we realize several cost and operating efficiencies by consolidating sales, technical and administrative support and promotional functions where possible. Finally, the addition of radio stations in our existing markets allows us to leverage our hands-on knowledge of that market to appeal to our listeners and advertisers.

 

2


Table of Contents

We program our radio stations in five main formats. Through the strength of our Christian Teaching and Talk format, the influence of our News Talk format, the continued popularity of our Contemporary Christian Music format, growing demand for our Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk and interest in financial advice offered on our Business format stations, we believe we are well-positioned to continually improve our leadership role in Christian, family-themed and conservative news talk radio.

Christian Teaching and Talk. Christian Teaching and Talk is our foundational format. We currently program 40 of our radio stations in our Christian Teaching and Talk format, which is talk programming emphasizing Christian and family themes. Through this format, a listener can hear Bible teachings and sermons, as well as gain insight to questions related to daily life, such as raising children to religious legal rights in education and the workplace. This format serves as a learning resource and as a source of personal support for listeners nationwide. In response to our daily block programming, listeners often contact our programmers to ask questions, obtain materials on a subject matter or receive study guides based on what they have learned on the radio.

Block Programming. Our national station platform and focused programming strategy provides us with the ability to sell blocks of airtime within our Christian Teaching and Talk format to a variety of religious and charitable organizations that create compelling radio programs. Historically, more than 95% of our block programming partners renew their annual relationships with us. Based on these renewal rates, we believe that block programming provides a steady and consistent source of revenue and cash flows. Our top ten programmers have remained relatively constant and average nearly 25 years on-air. Over the last five years, block programming revenue has comprised from 40% to 42% of our total net broadcast revenue.

News Talk. We currently program 27 of our radio stations in a News Talk format. Our research shows that our News Talk format is highly complementary to our core Christian Teaching and Talk format. As programmed by Salem, both of these formats express conservative views and family values. Our News Talk format also provides for the opportunity to leverage syndicated talk programming produced by our network, SRN. SRN’s nationally syndicated programs are distributed nationally through 2,400 affiliated radio stations. The syndication of our programs through SRN allows us to reach listeners in markets where we do not own or operate stations.

Contemporary Christian Music- The FISH®. We currently program 12 radio stations in a Contemporary Christian Music (“CCM”) format, branded The FISH® in most markets. Through the CCM format, we are able to bring listeners the words of inspirational recording artists, set to upbeat contemporary music. Our music format, branded “Safe for the Whole Family®”, features sounds that listeners of all ages can enjoy and lyrics that can be appreciated. The CCM genre continues to be popular. We believe that this listener base is underserved in terms of radio coverage, particularly in larger markets, and that our stations fill an otherwise void area in listener choices.

Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk. We currently program eight of our radio stations in a Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk format. This format is similar to our core Christian Teaching and Talk format in that it broadcasts biblical and family-themed programming, but it is specifically tailored for Spanish-speaking audiences. Additionally, block programming on our Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk stations is primarily local rather than national.

Business. We currently program 10 of our radio stations in a business format. Our business format features financial experts, business talk, and nationally recognized Bloomberg programming. The business format operates similar to our Christian Teaching and Talk format in that it features long-form block programming.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Our satellite radio station, SiriusXM Channel 131, is the exclusive Christian Teaching and Talk channel on SiriusXM, reaching the entire nation 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

Salem Web Network Online Media Strategy

Salem Web Network (“SWN”), our Internet business, includes our websites providing Christian and conservative themed content, audio and video streaming, and other resources on the web. SWN’s Internet web portals include Twitchy.com, OnePlace.com, Christianity.com, Crosswalk.com®, BibleStudyTools.com, GodTube.com, Townhall.com®, HotAir.com, WorshipHouseMedia.com, SermonSpice.com, GodVine.com and Jesus.org. SWN’s content is also accessible through our radio station websites that feature content of interest to local listeners throughout the United States. SWN operates our radio station websites and Salem Consumer Products (“SCP”), a website offering books, DVD’s and editorial content developed by many of our on-air radio personalities that are available for purchase. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as Internet and e-commerce revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our online business strategy is to build a robust web-based platform designed for audiences interested in Christian and family-themed content and conservative news talk. The Internet continues to change the way in which media is delivered to audiences. Continual advancements with online search engines and social media sites provide consumers with numerous methods to locate specific information and content online. These advancements have also enabled a large number of individuals to create and publish content that may or may not be tailored to that specific consumer. Our talent, including our on-air personalities, provides web-based commentaries, programs, text, audio and video content that we believe to be knowledge-based, credible and reliable. This highly specific web-based content provides our advertisers a unique and powerful way to reach their targeted audiences. We believe that our content is decidedly relevant and valuable with long-term advantages in providing advertisers a useful tool to match their advertisements with our audiences.

During 2013, we acquired Twitchy.com, a website that features selected quotes and current events in U.S. politics, global news, sports, entertainment, media, and breaking news, Christnotes.org, an online Bible resource, and numerous domain names and Facebook communities.

Salem Publishing Printing Strategy

Our production and distribution of Christian and conservative content extends to print media through Salem Publishing™. Salem Publishing™ produces and distributes the following Christian and conservative opinion print magazines: Homecoming® The Magazine, YouthWorker Journal, Singing News®, FaithTalk Magazine, Preaching Magazine™ and Townhall Magazine™. Salem Publishing also includes Xulon Press™, a print-on-demand self-publishing service for Christian authors. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as publishing revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Our publishing strategy mirrors that of our other segments—to build and maintain a distribution network targeting audiences interested in Christian and family-themed content as well as conservative news talk. Content from our print magazines is also available on branded websites for each publication.

Audience Growth

The continued success of our business is dependent upon our ability to reach a growing audience. We continually seek opportunities for growth by increasing the strength and number of our broadcast signals, increasing the number of page-views on our Internet platform and increasing the subscriber base of our magazines. To accomplish this, we produce content that we believe is both compelling and of high commercial value based on our market testing and fine-tuning. We rely on a combination of research, marketing, targeted promotions and live events to create visibility and brand awareness in each of our markets. By maximizing our audience share, we achieve higher ratings and page turns that can be converted into advertising revenues. To maximize results, we cross-promote our content on each of our media platforms to enhance our brand names and reach our targeted audiences. We believe that the growth of our media platform provides advertisers with effective methods to reach an expanding audience.

Technical Improvements

We continue to look for technical improvements that expand our broadcasting, Internet and publication footprint. We focus on identifying ways to improve our radio station broadcast signals so that they can reach as many listeners as possible, both during the day and at night. We have completed numerous enhancements to increase the coverage of our signals. We continue to purchase or build websites designed to drive viewers to our content. We have also launched numerous iPhone® applications. All of our radio stations, in addition to some of our web portals, have iPhone® and android applications.

Advertising Sales Professionals

We have assembled an effective, highly trained sales staff responsible for converting audience share into revenue. We operate with a focused, sales-oriented culture that rewards selling efforts through a commission and bonus compensation structure. We hire sales professionals for each of our markets, as well as for our Internet and publishing divisions that are capable of selling integrated or stand-alone advertisements. We provide our sales professionals with the resources necessary to compete effectively in the marketplace. We utilize various sales strategies to sell and market our platforms as stand-alone

 

4


Table of Contents

products or in combination with other offerings. We tailor our platform to meet each advertiser’s needs, including the geographic coverage area, event sponsorships and special features, Internet promotions, e-mail sponsorships, and/or print advertisements.

Marketing Platform to National Advertisers

National companies often prefer to advertise across the United States as an efficient and cost effective way to reach all target audiences. Our advertisers can benefit by gaining access to our audiences through our national broadcasts, print magazines and our Internet portals. We operate a national platform of radio stations that reach more than 3.3 million listeners. Through SMR and VMR, we bundle and sell airtime on this national platform of radio stations, as well as Internet placements and/or print magazine space. We average approximately 140 million page views per month on our websites, produce and distribute over 1 million print and digital magazines each year, and produce over 1 million books and eBooks annually.

Significant Community Involvement

We believe that our ongoing active involvement and our significant relationships within the Christian community provide us with a unique competitive advantage to reach Christian audiences. Our proactive involvement in the Christian community in each of our markets significantly improves the marketability of our advertising space and broadcast airtime to advertisers targeting such communities. We believe that our public image reflects the lifestyle and viewpoints of the target demographic group that we serve. We regularly collaborate with organizations serving the Christian and family-themed audience and we sponsor and support events important to this group. Our sponsored events include listener rallies, speaking tours, pastor appreciation events and concerts such as our Celebrate Freedom® Music Festival and our Fishfest®. Events such as these connect us with our listeners and enable us to create an enhanced awareness and name recognition in our markets. Involvement leads to increased effectiveness in developing and improving our programming formats, leading to greater audience share and higher ratings over the long-term.

Corporate Structure

Management of our operations is decentralized. Our broadcast operations vice presidents are experienced radio broadcasters with expertise in sales, programming, marketing and production. Our broadcast operations vice presidents, some of whom are also station general managers, oversee several markets on a regional basis. We anticipate relying on this strategy of decentralization and encourage broadcast operations vice presidents to apply innovative techniques for improving and growing their operations that may be beneficial in other markets.

Our SWN and publishing operations vice presidents and general managers are located throughout the United States in offices in which our Internet and publishing entities operate. Like broadcasting, these operations are decentralized with each vice president encouraged to apply innovative techniques to the operations that they oversee.

All of our business segments receive executive leadership and oversight from our corporate staff. Corporate staff members have experience and expertise in, among other things, accounting and finance, treasury, risk management, insurance, information technology, human resources, legal, engineering, real estate, strategic direction and other support functions designed to provide resources to local management. Corporate staff oversees placement and rate negotiations for our national block programs. Centralized oversight of our block programming is necessary because our key programming partners purchase time in several of our radio markets.

Recent Events

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we completed or entered into the following transactions:

Debt

On December 30, 2013, we repaid $0.8 million in principal on our current senior secured credit facility, consisting of a term loan of $300.0 million (“Term Loan B”). We recorded a $3,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

 

5


Table of Contents

On September 30, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $16,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

On June 28, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $14,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

On May 3, 2013, we terminated certain subordinated lines of credit that we entered into with Mr. Atsinger, Mr. Epperson and Mr. Hinz pursuant to which Messrs. Atsinger, Epperson and Hinz committed to provide unsecured revolving lines of credit of specified amounts to Salem (collectively, the “Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties”). There were no early termination penalties and no further amounts owed by Salem as a result of the termination of the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties.

On March 14, 2013, we entered into the Term Loan B and a senior secured revolving credit facility of $25.0 million (“Revolver”). We used the proceeds from the Term Loan B and the Revolver to fund the repurchase of our 95/8% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2016 (“Terminated 95/8% Notes”) pursuant to a cash tender offer launched on February 25, 2013 (“Tender Offer”), and to retire all other outstanding debt and pay related fees. Upon entry into the credit facility, our then existing revolving credit facilities, indebtedness due to First California Bank, and Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties were terminated. As a result of these terminations, we recorded a pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt of $0.9 million associated with unamortized bank fees and closing costs.

On March 14, 2013, we tendered for $212.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes in the Tender Offer. We paid $22.7 million for this repurchase resulting in a $26.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt, which included approximately $0.8 million of unamortized discount and $2.9 million of bond issue costs associated with the Terminated 95/8% Notes. We issued a notice of redemption to redeem any Terminated 95/ 8% Notes that remained outstanding after the expiration date of the Tender Offer. On June 3, 2013, we redeemed the remaining $0.9 million of the outstanding Terminated 95/ 8% Notes to satisfy and discharge Salem’s obligations under the indenture for the Terminated 95/8% Notes as of such date.

Equity

On November 20, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0550 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.4 million, or $0.0550 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on December 27, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of December 10, 2013.

On September 12, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0525 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.3 million, or $0.0525 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on October 4, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of September 26, 2013.

On May 30, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on June 28, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of June 14, 2013.

On March 18, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on April 1, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of March 25, 2013.

Acquisitions

On December 10, 2013, we acquired Twitchy.com for $0.9 million paid in cash upon close of the transaction and up to $1.2 million in contingent earn-out consideration payable based on the achievement of future page view targets. Twitchy.com is a website featuring selected quotes and current events centered on US politics, global news, sports, entertainment, media, and breaking news. The contingent earn-out consideration is payable upon achievement of page view milestones over a two year period and has an estimated fair value of $0.6 million as of the closing date. The estimated fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration was determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value measurement includes page view forecasts which represent a Level 3 measurement as discussed in Note 7 of the accompanying consolidated financial statement in Item 8 of this report. The fair value of the contingent earn-out

 

6


Table of Contents

consideration will be reviewed quarterly over the two-year earn-out period based on actual page views as compared to the estimates used in our forecasts. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration will be reflected in our results of operations in future periods as they are identified. We believe that the followers of Twitchy.com, the established relationships and the assembled workforce provide future economic benefits to us, and we have recorded goodwill of $0.4 million representing the excess value of the Twitchy.com business.

On December 9, 2013, we acquired the EverythingInspirational.com domain name along with fourteen Facebook pages and various other Christian-themed social media intangible assets for $0.4 million in cash. We paid $0.1 million in cash upon closing and will pay the remaining $0.3 million in cash over three installments within 180 days from the closing date. The first installment of $0.1 million was paid on February 6, 2014.

On September 23, 2013, we entered into an asset purchase agreement (“APA”) to acquire radio stations KDIS-FM, Little Rock, Arkansas and KRDY-AM, San Antonio, Texas for $2.5 million in cash, of which $0.5 million related to the KRDY-AM tower site land in San Antonio, Texas. On December 20, 2013, we closed on the land purchase for $0.5 million in cash. The radio station acquisitions closed on February 7, 2014.

On September 11, 2013, we acquired the GodUpdates Facebook page for $0.3 million in cash, which we paid to the seller on October 22, 2013.

On August 10, 2013, we acquired Christnotes.org for $0.5 million in cash. Christnotes.org is an online bible resource that allows users to search for bible verses and access commentary from biblical scholars. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $20,755 representing the excess value of the business to us resulting from the integrated business model and services already established that provide future economic benefits to us due to increased web presence that drives viewers to our content.

On February 15, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WTOH-FM, Columbus, Ohio, for $4.0 million in cash. We began operating the radio station under a local marketing agreement (“LMA”) with the prior owner on November 1, 2012. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date.

On February 5, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WGTK-FM, Greenville, South Carolina, for $5.4 million. The $5.4 million purchase price consists of $1.0 million in cash paid upon closing of the transaction, $2.0 million payable in April 2014, and $3.0 million payable in advertising credits to Bob Jones University, a related party of the station’s owner. The advertising credits are payable over ten years resulting in a fair value of $2.4 million. The $0.6 million discount on the advertising credits was recorded as a reduction of the fair value and will be amortized to interest expense over the ten year term. We began operating the radio station under a LMA with the prior owner on December 3, 2012. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date. We paid the entire balance due on the seller financed note, including accrued interest on September 30, 2013.

Throughout the year ending December 31, 2013, we have acquired various domain names, including ChristianHeadlines.com, as well as other intangible assets including applications associated with our Internet segment for an aggregate amount of approximately $0.2 million.

A summary of our business acquisitions and asset purchases for the year ended December 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

Acquisition Date

  

Description

   Total Cost  
          (Dollars in thousands)  

December 10, 2013

   Twitchy.com (business acquisition)    $ 1,536   

December 9, 2013

   EverythingInspirational.com (asset purchases)      400   

September 23, 2013

   Land, San Antonio, Texas (asset purchase)      500   

September 11, 2013

   GodUpdates (asset purchase)      250   

August 10, 2013

   Christnotes.org (business acquisition)      500   

February 15, 2013

   WTOH-FM, Columbus, Ohio (business acquisition)      4,000   

February 5, 2013

   WGTK-FM, Greenville, South Carolina (business acquisition)      5,427   

Various

   Purchase of various intangible Internet assets (asset purchases)      207   
     

 

 

 
      $ 12,820   
     

 

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents

On January 10, 2014, we acquired the assets of Eagle Publishing, including Regnery Publishing, HumanEvents.com, and Redstate.com, as well as Eagle Financial Publications and Eagle Wellness. We began operating these entities as of the closing date. The base purchase price of the Eagle entities is $8.5 million with $3.5 million paid in cash upon closing, $2.5 million payable in January 2015 and $2.5 million payable in January 2016. Up to an additional $8.5 million of contingent earn-out consideration $8.5 million can be paid over the next three years based on the achievement of certain revenue benchmarks established for calendar years 2014, 2015 and 2016. The contingent earn out consideration will be recorded at the estimated net present value based on a weighted probability of possible payments. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration may materially impact and cause volatility in our future operating results.

Regnery Publishing is a publisher of conservative books that was founded in 1947. Regnery has published dozens of bestselling books by leading conservative authors and personalities, including Ann Coulter, Newt Gingrich, Michelle Malkin, David Limbaugh, Laura Ingraham, Mark Steyn and Dinesh D’Souza.

Human Events and RedState are conservative opinion websites that provide news and commentary on issues of interest to the conservative community.

Eagle Financial Publications provides market analysis and investment advice for individual investors from experts that include Mark Skousen, Nicholas Vardy, Chris Versace, and Doug Fabian.

Eagle Wellness provides practical complementary health advice and is a trusted source for nutritional supplements from one of the country’s leading complementary health physicians.

The ownership and operation of Regnery Publishing, Eagle Financial Publications and Eagle Wellness represent new business ventures for us. Human Events and RedState will be operated within our current conservative opinion website operations. We have included additional risk factors in item 1A of this report that we believe are applicable to our business upon acquisition of these entities.

Radio Stations

Upon the close of all announced transactions, we will own and/or operate a national portfolio of 103 radio stations in 39 markets, consisting of 31 FM stations and 72 AM stations. The following table sets forth information about each of Salem’s stations, in order of market size:

 

Market(1)

  

MSA

Rank(2)

  

Station

Call Letters

  

Year
Acquired

  

Format

New York, NY

   1,19(3)    WMCA-AM    1989    Christian Teaching and Talk
      WNYM-AM    1994    News Talk

Los Angeles, CA

   2    KKLA-FM    1985    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KRLA-AM    1998    News Talk
      KFSH-FM    2000    Contemporary Christian Music

Chicago, IL

   3    WYLL-AM    2001    Christian Teaching and Talk
      WIND-AM    2005    News Talk

San Francisco, CA

   4,
35(4)
   KFAX-AM    1984    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KDOW-AM    2001    Business

Dallas-Fort Worth, TX

   5    KLTY-FM    1996    Contemporary Christian Music
      KWRD-FM    2000    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KSKY-AM    2000    News Talk
      KVCE-AM    Pending    Business
      KTNO-AM    2012    Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk

Houston-Galveston, TX

   6    KNTH-AM    1995    News Talk
      KKHT-FM    2005    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KTEK-AM    2011    Business

Washington, D.C.

   7    WAVA-FM    1992    Christian Teaching and Talk
      WAVA-AM    2000    Christian Teaching and Talk
      WWRC-AM    2010    News Talk

Philadelphia, PA

   8    WFIL-AM    1993    Christian Teaching and Talk
      WNTP-AM    1994    News Talk

Atlanta, GA

   9    WNIV-AM    2000    Christian Teaching and Talk

 

8


Table of Contents
    WLTA-AM   2000   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WAFS-AM   2000   Business
    WFSH-FM   2000   Contemporary Christian Music
    WGKA-AM   2004   News Talk

Boston, MA

  10   WEZE-AM   1997   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WROL-AM   2001   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WWDJ-AM   2003   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk

Miami, FL

  11   WKAT-AM   2005   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk
    WHIM-AM   2008   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WZAB-AM   2009   Business
    WOCN-AM   Pending   Ethnic

Detroit, MI

  12   WDTK-AM   2004   News Talk
    WLQV-AM   2006   Christian Teaching and Talk

Seattle-Tacoma, WA

  13   KGNW-AM   1986   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KLFE-AM(5)   1994   News Talk
    KNTS-AM(5)   1997   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk
    KKOL-AM   1997   Business

Phoenix, AZ

  14   KKNT-AM   1996   News Talk
    KPXQ-AM   1999   Christian Teaching and Talk

Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN

  15   KKMS-AM   1996   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KYCR-AM   1998   Business
    WWTC-AM   2001   News Talk

San Diego, CA

  16   KPRZ-AM   1987   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KCBQ-AM   2000   News Talk

Tampa, FL

  17   WTWD-AM(7)   2000   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WTBN-AM(7)   2001   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WLCC-AM   2012   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk
    WGUL-AM   2005   News Talk

Denver-Boulder, CO

  18   KRKS-FM   1993   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KRKS-AM(6)   1994   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KNUS-AM   1996   News Talk
    KBJD-AM(6)   1999   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk

Portland, OR

  22   KPDQ-FM   1986   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KPDQ-AM   1986   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KFIS-FM   2002   Contemporary Christian Music
    KRYP-FM   2005   Regional Mexican

Pittsburgh, PA

  24   WORD-FM   1993   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WPIT-AM   1993   Christian Teaching and Talk

Riverside-San Bernardino, CA

  25   KTIE-AM   2001   News Talk

Sacramento, CA

  26   KFIA-AM   1995   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KTKZ-AM   1997   News Talk
    KSAC-FM   2002   Business
    KKFS-FM   2006   Contemporary Christian Music

San Antonio, TX

  27   KSLR-AM   1994   Christian Teaching and Talk
    KLUP-AM   2000   News Talk
    KRDY-AM   2014   Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk

Cleveland, OH

  30   WHKW-AM   2000   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WFHM-FM   2001   Contemporary Christian Music
    WHK-AM   2005   News Talk

Orlando, FL

  32   WORL-AM   2006   News Talk
    WTLN-AM   2006   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WBZW-AM   2006   Business

Columbus, OH

  36   WRFD-AM   1987   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WTOH-FM (formerly WJKR-FM)   2013   News Talk

Nashville, TN

  44   WBOZ-FM   2000   Contemporary Christian Music
    WFFH-FM(8)   2002   Contemporary Christian Music
    WFFI-FM(8)   2002   Contemporary Christian Music

Louisville, KY

  53   WFIA-FM   1999   Christian Teaching and Talk
    WGTK-AM   2000   News Talk
    WFIA-AM   2001   Christian Teaching and Talk

Greenville, SC

  58   WGTK-FM(formerly WMUU-FM)   2013   News Talk
    WOLT-FM   Pending   Oldies

 

9


Table of Contents

Honolulu, HI

   62    KHNR-AM    2006    News Talk
      KAIM-FM    2000    Contemporary Christian Music
      KGU-AM    2000    Business
      KHCM-FM    2004    Country Music
      KHCM-AM    2000    Chinese
      KGU-FM    2004    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KKOL-FM    2005    Oldies

Omaha, NE

   74    KGBI-FM    2005    Contemporary Christian Music
      KOTK-AM    2005    Spanish Language Christian Teaching and Talk
      KCRO-AM    2005    Christian Teaching and Talk

Sarasota-Bradenton, FL

   75    WLSS-AM    2005    News Talk

Little Rock, AR

   83    KDIS-FM    2014    Christian Teaching and Talk

Colorado Springs, CO

   89    KGFT-FM    1996    Christian Teaching and Talk
      KBIQ-FM    1996    Contemporary Christian Music
      KZNT-AM    2003    News Talk

Oxnard-Ventura, CA

   119    KDAR-FM    1974    Christian Teaching and Talk

Youngstown-Warren, OH

   130    WHKZ-AM    2001    Christian Teaching and Talk

Warrenton, Virginia

      WKDL-AM    2012    News Talk

 

(1) Actual city of license may differ from metropolitan market served.
(2) “MSA” means metropolitan statistical area per the Fall 2013 Radio Market Survey Schedule and Population Rankings published by Nielson, excluding the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
(3) This market includes the Nassau-Suffolk, NY Metro market, which independently has a MSA rank of 19.
(4) This market includes the San Jose, CA market, which independently has a MSA rank of 36.
(5) KNTS-AM is an expanded band AM station paired with KLFE-AM. The licenses for these stations include a condition requiring that one or the other be surrendered by July 15, 2009. However, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) is currently permitting these paired expanded band stations to continue to operate beyond the specified surrender date, pursuant to a special temporary authority (“STA”) granted by the FCC and a request for extension of that STA.
(6) KBJD-AM is an expanded band AM station paired with KRKS-AM, which licenses have not been renewed by the FCC. The original license for KBJD-AM includes a condition requiring that one or the other paired license be surrendered by February 20, 2006. However, the FCC is currently permitting these paired expanded band stations to continue to operate beyond their license expirations date pursuant to the pending license renewal applications for those stations, and to continue to operate beyond the specified surrender date pursuant to an STA granted by the FCC and a request for extension of such STA.
(7) WTBN-AM is simulcast with WTWD-AM, Tampa, FL.
(8) WFFH-FM is simulcast with WFFI-FM, Nashville, TN.

PROGRAM REVENUE. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived 24.2% and 17.8% of our net broadcast revenue, or $44.5 million and $32.6million, respectively, from the sale of national and local block program time, respectively. We derive national program revenue primarily from geographically diverse, well-established non-profit religious and educational organizations that purchase time on our stations in a large number of markets in the United States. National program producers typically purchase 13, 26 or 52-minute blocks of time on a Monday through Friday basis and may offer supplemental programming for weekend release. We obtain local program revenue from community organizations and churches that typically purchase blocks for weekend releases and from local speakers who purchase daily releases. We believe that our management team is successful in identifying and assisting quality local programs expand into national syndication.

ADVERTISING REVENUE. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived 34.3% of our net broadcast revenue, or $63.0 million, from the sale of local spot advertising and 7.5% of our net broadcast revenue, or $13.8 million, from the sale of national spot advertising.

Salem Radio Network® and Salem Media Representatives

We own and operate SRN as part of our overall business strategy to develop a national network of affiliated radio stations anchored by our owned and operated radio stations in major markets. SRN, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, develops, produces and syndicates a broad range of programming specifically targeted to Christian and family-themed talk and music stations as well as general market News Talk stations. Currently we have rights to several full-time satellite channels to deliver SRN programs to affiliates via satellite.

 

10


Table of Contents

SRN has over 2,400 affiliated radio stations, in addition to our owned and operated radio stations, which broadcast one or more of the offered programming options. These programming options feature talk shows, news and music. The principal source of network revenue is from the sale of advertising time.

We own and operate SMR, a sales representation company specializing in placing national advertising on religious format radio stations. SRN and our radio stations each have relationships with SMR for the sale of available SRN spot advertising. SMR also contracts with individual radio stations to sell airtime to national advertisers desiring to include selected company stations in national buys covering multiple markets. We also operate VMR, a sales representation company specializing in placing national advertising on non-religious radio stations.

We recognize our advertising and commission revenue from radio stations as the spots air. SRN’s net revenue, including commission revenue for SMR and VMR, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $15.4 million, or 8.4% of net broadcast revenue.

Salem Web Network™

We own and operate the following Christian and Conservative opinion websites:

Christian Content Websites:

BibleStudyTools.com is a free Bible website for verse search and in-depth studies packed with commentaries, reading plans, and hundreds of helpful resources designed as aids to Bible study.

OnePlace.com ™ is a leading provider of on-demand, online audio streaming for nearly 200 radio programs from more than 185 popular Christian broadcast ministries. Oneplace.com serves as both a complement to and an extension of Salem’s block programming radio business.

Crosswalk.com® offers compelling, editorial-driven, biblically-based, lifestyle content to Christians who take seriously their relationship with Christ. In addition, Crosswalk provides online devotional content.

GodTube.com is a user-generated video sharing platform for Christian videos with faith-based, family-friendly content.

CrossCards.com™ provides faith-based, inspirational e-greeting cards for all occasions and holidays.

LightSource.com provides on-demand, video streaming for nearly 85 programs from more than 70 ministry partners.

Christianity.com offers engaging articles and video focused on exploring the deeper, theological issues and apologetics of the Christian faith. It is also a leading provider of online Bible trivia.

Jesus.org offers a comprehensive database of biblical answers to the most common questions about the life and work of Jesus Christ.

iBelieve.com creates editorial-driven, lifestyle content, focused on helping Christian women use personal experience to examine the deeper issues of life and faith.

CCMmagazine.com is the interactive version of what once was the Nashville-based CCM Magazine, which provides information and insight on the Christian music scene.

GodVine.com is an online platform designed to share inspirational, family-friendly video through Facebook and other social media outlets.

ReligionToday.com reports the news of importance to the Christian audience with a headlines blog, persecution updates, Christian worldview commentary, and features on events from the worldwide Christian Church.

Conservative Opinion Websites:

Townhall.com™ is an interactive community that brings users, conservative public policy organizations, congressional staff and political activists together under the broad umbrella of conservative thoughts, ideas and actions.

HotAir.com is a leading news and commentary site with conservative news and opinions.

 

11


Table of Contents

Twitchy.com is a website featuring selected quotes and current events centered on US politics, global news, sports, entertainment, media, and breaking news.

RedState.com and Human Events.com, which we acquired in January 2014, are conservative opinion websites that provide news and commentary on issues of interest to the conservative community.

Salem Church Products Websites:

WorshipHouseMedia.com is an online church media resource, providing creative videos to churches to enhance worship and sermons. In addition, WorshipHouseKids.com provides children’s ministries with products to fulfill their visual needs.

ChurchStaffing.com™ is a source of job search information for churches and ministries offering a platform for personnel and staff relations. This site allows those seeking employment to submit resumes and view job listings.

ChristianJobs.com™ provides services catering to the hiring needs of Christian-based businesses, nonprofit organizations, and ministries. The site connects these organizations with thousands of job seekers through its online presence and partnerships with Salem’s radio stations.

SermonSearch.com is a subscription-based resource for preachers and teachers with preparation materials like sermon outlines, illustrations, and preaching ideas from many of America’s top Christian communicators.

SermonSpice.com is an online provider of church media for local churches and ministries.

In addition, we own and operate websites for each of our radio stations, our print publications, and our national radio talk show hosts including websites for Bill Bennett, Mike Gallagher, Michael Medved, Dennis Prager, and Hugh Hewitt. We also own and operate four websites with Spanish language content.

Our Internet division also includes Salem Consumer Products, which hosts several websites for our audience to purchase Christian and conservative content from our on-air hosts and contributors. These sites include:

 

   

ConservativeStore.com

 

   

ChristianBookstore.net

 

   

SRNStore.com

Beginning in January 2014, we also own and operate Eagle Wellness products. Eagle Wellness provides practical complementary health advice and is a trusted source for nutritional supplements from one of the country’s leading complementary health physicians.

Our revenue generating advertising arrangements include cost-per-click performance-based advertising; display advertisements where revenue is dependent upon the number of page views; and lead generating advertisements where revenue is dependent upon users registering for, or purchasing or demonstrating interest in, advertisers’ products or services. Revenues from online product sales are recognized when the products are shipped. Total Internet and e-commerce revenue, including SWN, for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $40.9 million, or 17.3% of total revenue.

Salem Publishing™ and Xulon Press

Our Publishing segment consists of a book publishing business, Xulon Press, and a magazine publishing business, Salem Publishing.

Magazine Publishing:

We publish several print magazines on a monthly or semi-monthly basis. Our publications include the following Christian or conservative publications:

 

   

Singing News®

 

   

Homecoming The Magazine

 

   

YouthWorker Journal™

 

   

Preaching Magazine™

 

   

FaithTalk Magazine™

 

   

Townhall Magazine™

Book Publishing:

Xulon Press™ is a print-on-demand self-publishing service for Christian authors. Beginning in January 2014, we also own and operate Regnery Publishing, a publisher of conservative books and Eagle Financial Publications, which provides market analysis and investment advice for individual investors from experts that include Mark Skousen, Nicholas Vardy, Chris Versace, and Doug Fabian.

 

12


Table of Contents

COMPETITION

We operate in a highly competitive broadcast and media business. We compete for advertisers and customers with other radio broadcasters, as well as with other media sources including broadcast and cable television, newspapers and magazines, national and local digital services, outdoor advertising, direct mail, online marketing and media companies, social media platforms, web-based blogs, and mobile telephony devices.

BROADCASTING. Our broadcast audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, and any change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the revenue of our stations located in that market. While we already compete in some of our markets with stations that offer similar formats, if another radio station were to convert its programming to a format similar to one of ours, or if an existing competitor were to strengthen its operations, our stations could suffer reduced ratings and/or reduced revenues. In these circumstances, we could also incur significantly higher promotional and other related expenses. We cannot assure that our stations will maintain or increase their current audience ratings and revenues.

Christian and Family-Themed Radio. The segment of this industry that focuses on Christian and family themes is also a highly competitive business. The financial success of each of our radio stations that focuses on Christian Teaching and Talk is dependent, to a significant degree, upon its ability to generate revenue from the sale of block program time to national and local religious and educational organizations. We compete for this program revenue with a number of different commercial and non-commercial radio station licensees. While no commercial group owner in the United States specializing in Christian and family-themed programming approaches Salem in size of potential listening audience and presence in major markets, other religious radio stations exist and enjoy varying degrees of prominence and success in all markets.

We also compete for advertising revenue with other commercial religious format and general format radio station licensees. Our competition for advertising dollars includes other radio stations as well as broadcast television, cable television, newspapers, magazines, direct mail, Internet and billboard advertising, some of which may be controlled by horizontally-integrated companies. Several factors can materially affect competitive advantage, including, but not limited to audience ratings, program content, management talent and expertise, sales talent and experience, audience characteristics, signal strength, and the number and characteristics of other radio stations in the same market.

New Methods of Content Delivery. Competition also comes from new media technologies and services. These include delivery of audio programming by cable television and satellite systems, digital audio radio services, mobile telephony including smart phone applications for iPhone®, Blackberry® and Android®, personal communications services and the service of low powered, limited coverage FM radio stations authorized by the FCC. The delivery of live and stored audio programming through the Internet has also created new competition. In addition, satellite delivered digital audio radio, which deliver multiple audio programming formats to national audiences, has created competition. We have attempted to address these existing and potential competitive threats through a more active strategy to acquire and integrate new electronic communications formats including Internet acquisitions made by SWN and our exclusive arrangement to provide Christian and family-themed talk on SiriusXM, a satellite digital audio radio service.

NETWORK. Salem Radio Network® competes with other commercial radio networks that offer news and talk programming to religious and general format stations and noncommercial networks that offer Christian music formats. SRN also competes with other radio networks for the services of talk show personalities.

INTERNET. Salem Web Network competes for visitors and advertisers with other companies that deliver on-line audio programming and Christian and conservative Internet content as well as providers of general market Internet sites. The online media and distribution business changes quickly and is highly competitive. We compete to attract and maintain interactions with advertisers, consumers, content creators and web publishers.

PUBLISHING. Our print magazines compete for readers and advertisers with other print publications including those that follow the Christian music industry and those that address themes of interest to church leadership and the Christian audience. Xulon Press™ competes for authors with other on-demand publishers including those focused exclusively on Christian book publishers.

 

13


Table of Contents

FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING

Introduction. The ownership, operation and sale of broadcast stations, including those licensed to Salem, are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC, which acts under authority derived from The Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Communications Act”). Among other things, the FCC assigns frequency bands for broadcasting; determines whether to approve certain changes in ownership or control of station licenses; regulates transmission facilities, including power employed, antenna and tower heights, and location of transmission facilities; adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation and employment practices of stations; and has the power to impose penalties for violations of its rules under the Communications Act.

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of specific FCC regulations and policies. Failure to observe these or other rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of “short” (less than the maximum) license renewal terms or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of a license or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties. For further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of broadcast stations you should refer to the Communications Act, FCC rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC.

License Grant and Renewal. Radio broadcast licenses are granted for maximum terms of eight years. Licenses must be renewed through an application to the FCC. Under the Communications Act, the FCC will renew a broadcast license if it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity, that there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the rules and regulations of the FCC, and that there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the rules and regulations of the FCC that, when taken together, would constitute a pattern of abuse.

Petitions to deny license renewals can be filed by certain interested parties, including members of the public in a station’s market. Such petitions may raise various issues before the FCC. The FCC is required to hold hearings on renewal applications if the FCC is unable to determine that renewal of a license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, or if a petition to deny raises a “substantial and material question of fact” as to whether the grant of the renewal application would be prima facie inconsistent with the public interest, convenience and necessity. In addition, during certain periods when a renewal application is pending, the transferability of the applicant’s license is restricted.

Radio station KNTS-AM is an expanded band station paired with station KLFE-AM in the Seattle, WA market, and station KBJD-AM is an expanded band station paired with KRKS-AM in the Denver, CO market. We are operating these four stations pursuant to FCC licenses or other FCC authority pending resolution by the FCC of the issue of AM expanded band dual operating authority. Depending upon how the FCC resolves that issue, it is possible that we will be required to surrender one station license in each station pair. Except for these stations, we are not currently aware of any facts that would prevent the timely renewal of our licenses to operate our radio stations, although there can be no assurance that our licenses will be renewed.

Ownership Matters. The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a broadcast license without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to assign, transfer, grant or renew a broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee, including compliance with various rules limiting common ownership of media properties, the “character” of the licensee and those persons holding “attributable” interests therein, and compliance with the Communications Act’s limitation on alien ownership, as well as compliance with other FCC policies, including equal employment opportunity requirements.

Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be granted to or held by a corporation that has more than one-fifth of its capital stock owned or voted by aliens or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license also may not be granted to or held by any corporation that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation more than one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by aliens or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. These restrictions apply in modified form to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships. We therefore may be restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted by aliens, foreign governments or non-U.S. corporations.

Multiple Ownership: The Communications Act and FCC rules also generally restrict the common ownership, operation or control of radio broadcast stations serving the same local market, of a radio broadcast station and a television broadcast station serving the same local market, and of a radio broadcast station and a daily newspaper serving the same local market. The FCC also restricts the number of television stations an entity may own both in local markets and nationwide.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our current ownership of radio broadcast stations complies with the FCC’s multiple ownership rules; however, these rules may limit the number of additional stations that we may acquire in the future in certain of our markets and could limit the potential buyers of any stations we may attempt to sell. The FCC is also required by the Communications Act to review its broadcast ownership rules every four years. During 2009, the FCC held a series of hearings designed to evaluate possible changes to its rules. In May 2010, the FCC formally initiated its 2010 review of its media ownership rules with the issuance of a Notice of Inquiry (“NOI”). The NOI is intended to assist the Commission in establishing a framework within which to analyze whether its media ownership rules remain “necessary in the public interest as a result of competition,” due to the dramatic changes occurring in the media marketplace. Numerous parties have filed comments and reply comments in response to the NOI. In June and July 2011, the FCC released to the public eleven economic studies related to its media ownership rules. We believe that the next step will be for the FCC to issue a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) to seek comment on specific proposed changes to its ownership rules. We can make no determination as to what effect, if any, this proposed rulemaking will have on Salem.

Attribution: Because of these multiple and cross-ownership rules, a purchaser of voting stock of the company that acquires an “attributable” interest in the company may violate the FCC’s rule if it also has an attributable interest in other television or radio stations, or in daily newspapers, depending on the number and location of those radio or television stations or daily newspapers. Such a purchaser also may be restricted in the other companies in which it may invest, to the extent that these investments give rise to an attributable interest. If an attributable stockholder of the company violates any of these ownership rules, the company may be unable to obtain from the FCC one or more authorizations needed to conduct its radio station business and may be unable to obtain FCC consents for certain future acquisitions.

The FCC generally applies its television/radio/newspaper cross-ownership rules and its broadcast multiple ownership rules by considering the “attributable,” or cognizable, interests held by a person or entity. A person or entity can have an interest in a radio station, television station or daily newspaper by being an officer, director, partner, member, or stockholder of a company that owns that station or newspaper. Whether that interest is cognizable under the FCC’s ownership rules is determined by the FCC’s attribution rules. If an interest is attributable, the FCC treats the person or entity who holds that interest as an “owner” of the radio station, television station or daily newspaper in question, and therefore subject to the FCC’s ownership rules. On December 22, 2011, the FCC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) to seek comment on specific proposed changes to its ownership rules. In the NPRM, the FCC tentatively concluded to maintain its local radio ownership rules largely intact. Comments and Reply Comments have been received by the FCC in connection with the NPRM. Since, as of this date, no Report and Order has been adopted by the FCC in connection with the local radio ownership rules proposals in the NPRM, we can make no determination as to what effect, if any, this NPRM will have on Salem.

Any officers and directors of a broadcast licensee, cable system owner, or daily newspaper owner are deemed to hold attributable interests in that entity. Generally, the officers and directors of any parent company that holds an attributable interest are themselves also deemed to hold the same attributable interests as that company. In certain situations where a parent company is involved in businesses other than broadcasting, cable system operation, or newspaper publishing, and an individual officer or director has duties and responsibilities wholly unrelated to the company’s broadcast, cable, or newspaper activities, that officer or director may avoid attribution, but will need to submit a statement to the FCC documenting their lack of involvement in the relevant businesses.

Generally, debt interests held in a broadcast licensee, cable system owner, daily newspaper publisher, or parent company are not deemed attributable. Debt holders will be subject to attribution, however, where the aggregate value of the equity and debt held in the broadcast, cable, or newspaper company exceeds 33% of that company’s total asset value and the debt holder also holds another attributable interest in the relevant market or the debt holder supplies over 15% of the programming, on a weekly basis, for the station in which the interest is held.

Programming and Operation. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest.” The FCC has gradually relaxed or eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it had developed in the past to promote the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a station’s community of license. Although in recent years proposals have been put forth by the FCC to reinstitute certain formal procedures, none of these proposals have yet been adopted for radio stations. Licensees continue to be required, however, to present programming that is responsive to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such responsiveness. Complaints from listeners concerning a station’s programming will be considered by the FCC when it evaluates the licensee’s renewal application, but such complaints may be filed and considered at any time.

 

15


Table of Contents

Stations also must pay annual regulatory fees and fees associated with the filing of most applications. Stations also must follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things, political advertising, advertising for certain products or services (e.g. tobacco advertising), the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming, closed captioning, emergency programming, sponsorship identification and technical operations (including limits on radio frequency radiation) and equal employment opportunity requirements. The broadcast of contests and lotteries is regulated by FCC rules.

Failure to observe these or other rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including monetary forfeitures, the grant of “short” (less than the maximum) renewal terms or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the revocation of a license.

Proposed Changes. As noted above, in May 2010, the FCC formally initiated its 2010 review of its media ownership rules with the issuance of a Notice of Inquiry (NOI). The NOI is intended to assist the Commission in establishing a framework within which to analyze whether its media ownership rules remain “necessary in the public interest as a result of competition,” due to the dramatic changes occurring in the media marketplace. Numerous parties have filed comments and reply comments in response to the NOI. In June and July 2011, the FCC released to the public eleven economic studies related to its media ownership rules. On December 22, 2011, the FCC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to seek comment on specific proposed changes to its ownership rules. In the NPRM, the FCC tentatively concluded to maintain its local radio ownership rules largely intact. Comments and Reply Comments have been received by the FCC in connection with the NPRM. Since, as of this date, no Report and Order has been adopted by the FCC in connection with the local radio ownership rules proposals in the NPRM, we can make no determination as to what effect, if any, this NPRM will have on Salem.

The Congress and the FCC from time to time have under consideration, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation, ownership and profitability of the company’s radio stations, result in the loss of audience share and revenue for the company’s radio stations, and affect the ability of the company to acquire additional radio stations or finance such acquisitions. Such matters under consideration include, or may come to include:

 

   

proposals to require broadcast licenses to broadcast specific types and amounts of local programming;

 

   

proposals restricting the location of broadcast studios;

 

   

technical and frequency allocation matters, including potential reallocation of broadcast spectrum to other uses;

 

   

changes in multiple ownership and cross-ownership rules;

 

   

changes to broadcast technical requirements; and

 

   

proposals to require broadcasters to pay copyright royalties for over-the-air performance of sound recordings.

The foregoing summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of specific FCC rules and policies does not purport to be comprehensive. For further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio broadcast stations you should refer to the Communications Act, the FCC’s rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC.

Federal Antitrust Considerations. The Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), which evaluate transactions to determine whether those transactions should be challenged under the federal antitrust laws, are also active in their review of radio station acquisitions, particularly where an operator proposes to acquire additional stations in its existing markets.

For an acquisition meeting certain size thresholds, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Improvements Act (“HSR Act”) and the rules promulgated thereunder require the parties to file Notification and Report Forms with the FTC and the DOJ and to observe specified waiting period requirements before consummating the acquisition. At any time before or after the consummation of a proposed acquisition, the FTC or the DOJ could take such action under the antitrust laws as it deems necessary or desirable in the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the acquisition or seeking divestiture of the business acquired or other assets of the company. Acquisitions that are not required to be reported under the HSR Act may be investigated by the FTC or the DOJ under the antitrust laws before or after consummation. In addition, private parties may under certain circumstances bring legal action to challenge an acquisition under the antitrust laws. The DOJ also has stated publicly that it believes that LMAs and other similar agreements customarily entered into in connection with radio station transfers prior to the expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act could violate the HSR Act.

 

16


Table of Contents

Although we do not believe our acquisition strategy as a whole will be adversely affected in any material respect by antitrust review, we can provide no assurances as such.

SEGMENTS

We have two reportable segments, radio-broadcasting and Internet. Our radio-broadcasting segment operates radio stations throughout the United States, various radio networks and our National sales group. Due to growth within our Internet operations, including the acquisition of WorshipHouseMedia.com on March 28, 2011, our Internet segment qualified for disclosure as a reportable segment in 2011. Beginning with the first quarter of 2011, we separated our non-broadcast segment into two operating segments, Internet and Publishing. All prior periods presented have been updated to reflect the separation of these non-broadcast segments. Our Internet segment operates all of our websites and our e-commerce sales. Our publishing segment operates our print magazines and Xulon Press, a print-on-demand book publisher. Segment operating results are presented in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements.

EMPLOYEES

As of February 7, 2014, we employed 1,139, employees in radio broadcasting, 164 employees in Internet entities, 142 employees in publishing and 110 employees in corporate functions. Of these employees, 1,203 are full-time and 352 are part-time employees. We consider our relations with our employees to be good and none of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

We employ on-air personalities and we may enter into employment agreements with these on-air personalities in order to protect our interests in these relationships. However, on-air talent may be lost to competitors for a variety of reasons. While we do not believe that the loss of any one of our on-air personalities would have a material and adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, the loss of several key on-air personalities combined could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

INTERNET ADDRESS AND INTERNET ACCESS TO SEC REPORTS

Our Internet address is www.salem.cc. You may obtain through our Internet website, free of charge, copies of our annual reports filed on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. These reports are available as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file them or furnish them to the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before investing in our securities. Our business is subject to risks associated with general economic conditions, geopolitical events, competition, technological obsolescence and employee relations. The risks described below, along with risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial, may impair our business operations and liquidity in unfavorable ways. We operate in a continually changing business environment in which new risk factors emerge from time to time. We can neither predict new risk factors, nor can we assess the impact, if any, these new risk factors may have on our business. The extent to which any risk factor, or combination of risk factors, may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously and materially influence the trading price of our common stock.

CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING SALEM

We may choose not to pursue potentially more profitable business opportunities outside of our Christian, conservative news talk and family-themed formats, or not to broadcast programming that violates our programming standards, either of which may have a material and adverse effect on our business.

We are fundamentally committed to broadcasting, Internet and publishing formats and programming emphasizing Christian values, conservative family themes and news. We may choose not to switch to other formats or pursue potentially more profitable business opportunities due to this commitment, which could result in lower operating revenues and profits than we might otherwise achieve. We also do not intend to pursue business opportunities or broadcast programming that

 

17


Table of Contents

would conflict with our core commitment to Christian and family-themed formats or that would violate our programming standards, even if such opportunities or programming would be more profitable. Our decision not to pursue other formats, business opportunities and/or broadcast programming that is inconsistent with our programming standards may have a material and adverse effect on our business.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH BUSINESS OPERATIONS

We may be adversely affected by deteriorating economic conditions including the economic climate failing to improve.

The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which are often accompanied by a decrease in advertising. A decline in the level of business activity of our advertisers could have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margins. During economic slowdowns in the United States, many advertisers have reduced their advertising expenditures. While the precise impact of economic slowdowns on our business is difficult to predict, our exposure to several risks increases with a slowing economy or a recession, including but not limited to:

 

   

Increasing pressure to sell advertising and block programming time at discounted rates;

 

   

Increases in the length of time to collect receivables and higher risks that accounts become uncollectible as our customers face tight credit markets;

 

   

Ministries are experiencing lower levels of donations that could negatively impact their ability to purchase and pay for block programming time;

 

   

We may not be able to find suitable replacements for ministries that can no longer purchase and pay for block programming;

 

   

Limitations on our ability to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate requirements;

 

   

Limitations on our ability to pursue projects that could have been beneficial; and

 

   

Impairment losses on the value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets including FCC broadcast licenses, goodwill, and mastheads and impairment losses on other long-lived assets.

We must respond to the rapid changes in technology, services and standards of our industry in order to remain competitive.

The radio broadcast industry is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and the emergence of competition from new media technologies and services. We cannot make assurances that we will have the resources to acquire new technologies or to introduce new services that could compete with these new technologies. Various new media technologies and services are currently being developed or introduced, including but not limited to:

 

   

Satellite-delivered digital audio radio service, which has resulted in the introduction of new subscriber-based satellite radio services with numerous niche formats;

 

   

Audio programming by cable systems, direct-broadcast satellite systems, personal communications systems, content available over the Internet and other digital audio broadcast formats;

 

   

In-band on-channel digital radio, which provides multi-channel, multi-format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services;

 

   

Low-power FM radio, which could result in additional FM radio broadcast outlets including additional low-power FM radio signals authorized in December 2010 under the Local Community Radio Act;

 

   

High Definition (“HD”) radio;

 

   

Internet radio and other audio content offerings such as Pandora and iHeart Radio; and

 

   

Personal digital audio devices (e.g., iPods, mp3 players, audio via WiFi, mobile phones, WiMAX, etc.) or other emerging next-generation networks and technologies.

We currently program one channel on SiriusXM. We also offer pod-casts and downloads of portions of our programming; however, we cannot assure you that this arrangement will be successful or enable us to adapt effectively to these new media technologies. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from new technologies or regulatory change(s) may have on the radio broadcast industry or on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

The accounting treatment of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets could cause future losses due to asset impairment.

Under Financial Accounting Standards (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” indefinite-lived intangibles, including broadcast licenses, goodwill and mastheads are not amortized but instead are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be an impairment. Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset over its fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are measured for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. Impairment losses are recorded as operating expenses. We incurred significant impairment losses in prior years with regard to our indefinite-lived intangible assets. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized impairment losses of $1.0 million associated with mastheads in our publishing segment. The impairments were driven by a reduction in projected net revenues resulting from ongoing operating results that have not met expectations. The impairment was indicative of trends in the publishing industry as a whole and is not unique to our company or operations.

The valuation of intangible assets is subjective and based on estimates rather than precise calculations. The fair value measurements of our indefinite-lived intangible assets use significant unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the estimates that market participants would use in measuring fair value including assumptions about risk. If actual future results are less favorable than the assumptions and estimates we used, we are subject to future impairment charges, the amount of which may be material. Given the current economic environment and uncertainties that can negatively impact our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of our indefinite-lived intangible fair value estimates will prove to be accurate.

The impairment charges we have recognized are non-cash in nature and did not violate covenants on our then existing credit facilities or on our current Revolver or Term Loan B. However, the potential for future impairment charges can be viewed as a negative factor with regard to forecasted future performance and cash flows. We believe that we have adequately considered the economic downturn in our valuation models and do not believe that the non-cash impairments in and of themselves are a liquidity risk.

If we are unable to execute our acquisition strategy successfully, our business may not continue to grow.

We intend to continue to selectively acquire radio stations, complementary publishing and Internet media businesses. With respect to the acquisition of radio stations, our acquisition strategy has been, and will continue to focus primarily on, the acquisition of stations in the top fifty (50) markets. However, we may not be able to identify and consummate future acquisitions successfully, and stations that we do acquire may not increase our station operating income or yield other anticipated benefits. Acquisitions in markets in which we already own stations may not increase our station operating income due to saturation of audience demand. Acquisitions in smaller markets may have less potential to increase operating revenues. With respect to our acquisition strategy of Internet and publishing businesses, we may not be able to identify and consummate the acquisition of future businesses successfully. Additionally, we may not be able to effectively integrate the operation of newly acquired businesses with our existing businesses, which could result in reduced operating income from our businesses. Our failure to execute our acquisition strategy successfully in the future could limit our ability to continue to grow in terms of number of stations or profitability.

We may be unable to integrate the operations and management of acquired stations or businesses, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on our revenues, costs, cash flows, and financial position. During 2013 and 2012, we spent $12.8 million and $10.7 million, respectively, on the acquisition of radio station and Internet businesses. We expect to make additional acquisitions of radio stations, Internet businesses and publishing businesses. Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and in realizing expected opportunities; diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; challenges with respect to operating new businesses; debt incurred in financing such acquisitions; and other unanticipated problems and liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations or management of acquired radio stations and businesses and realize anticipated revenue synergies, or the operations or management of stations and businesses that may be acquired in the future.

Continued acquisitions will require us to manage a larger and likely more geographically diverse radio station, Internet and publishing portfolio than historically has been the case. Our inability to integrate and manage newly acquired radio stations, Internet businesses or publishing entities successfully could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results.

 

19


Table of Contents

Some of our acquisition agreements contain contingent consideration, the value of which may impact future operating results.

Some of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out consideration, the fair value of which is estimated as of the acquisition date based on the present value of the expected contingent payments as determined using weighted probabilities of possible future payments. These fair value estimates contain unobservable inputs and estimates that could materially differ from the actual future results. The fair value of the contingent earn out consideration could increase or decrease, up to the contracted limit, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of contingent earn-outs will be reflected in our results of operations in the period in which they are recognized, the amount of which may be material and cause volatility in our operating results.

If we are unable to implement our market cluster strategy, we may not realize anticipated operating efficiencies.

As part of our operating strategy, we attempt to realize efficiencies in operating costs and cross-selling of advertising by clustering the operations of two or more radio stations in a single market. However, there can be no assurance that this operating strategy will be successful. Furthermore, we cannot make any assurance that the clustering of radio stations in one market will not result in downward pressure on advertising rates at one or more of the existing or new radio stations within the cluster. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any of our stations will be able to maintain or increase its current listening audiences and operating revenue in circumstances where we implement our clustering strategy.

Additionally, FCC rules and policies allow a broadcaster to own a number of radio stations in a given market and permit, within limits, joint arrangements with other stations in a market relating to programming, advertising sales and station operations. We believe that radio stations that elect to take advantage of these clustering opportunities may have lower operating costs and may be able to offer advertisers more attractive rates and services. The future development of our business in new markets, as well as the maintenance of our business growth in those markets in which we do not currently have radio station clusters, may be negatively impacted by competitors who are taking or may take advantage of these clustering opportunities by operating multiple radio stations within markets.

We base capital allocation decisions primarily on our analysis of the predicted internal rate of return. If the estimates and assumptions we use in calculating the internal rate of return are inaccurate, our capital may be inefficiently allocated. If we fail to appropriately allocate our capital, our growth rate and financial results will be adversely affected.

We continually seek opportunities for growth by increasing the strength and number of our broadcast signals, increasing the number of page views on our web platform and increasing the subscriber base of our magazines. In order to realize these growth opportunities, we must rely on continued technical improvements to expand our broadcasting, Internet and publication footprint. When deciding which opportunities to pursue, we must predict the internal rate of return associated with each project. Our calculations are based on certain estimates and assumptions that may not be realized. Accordingly, the calculation of internal rate of return may not be reflective of our actual returns, and our capital may be inefficiently allocated. If we fail to appropriately allocate our capital, our growth rate and financial results will be adversely affected.

Our business is dependent upon the performance of key employees, on-air talent and program hosts.

Our business is dependent upon the performance and continued efforts of certain key individuals, including Edward G. Atsinger III, our Chief Executive Officer, and Stuart W. Epperson, our Chairman of the Board. The loss of the services of such key individuals could have a material adverse effect upon us. We have entered into employment agreements with such key individuals. Mr. Epperson has radio interests unrelated to Salem’s operations that will continue to impose demands on his time. Mr. Atsinger has an interest in an aviation business unrelated to Salem’s operations that will continue to impose demands on his time. Our success is highly dependent upon the retention of key employees throughout our organization. In addition, we are dependent upon our ability to continue to attract new employees with key skills to support continued business growth.

We also employ or independently contract with several on-air personalities and hosts of syndicated radio programs with significant loyal audiences on both a national level and in their respective local markets. Several of our on-air personalities have a presence that extends beyond our radio platforms into other strategic areas. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our executive officers, key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these key employees will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms that we may be unable or unwilling to meet. In addition, any or all of our key employees may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could limit our ability to generate revenues.

 

20


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain the continuance of strong relationships with our authors and other creative talent, as well as to develop relationships with new creative talent, our business could be adversely affected.

Our business, in particular the book publishing and financial publications, is highly dependent on maintaining strong relationships with the authors and other creative talent who produce the products and services sold to our customers. Any overall weakening of these relationships, or the failure to develop successful new relationships, could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial performance.

Our syndicated programming is dependent upon maintenance of our transponder equipment, which is located at various customer sites.

Delivery of our national programs is dependent upon transponder equipment that is located at various customer locations. The quality and durability of this equipment, as well as our ability to protect the equipment from damage, destruction or theft, directly impacts our ability to transmit programming. Losses to this equipment and any business interruption may not be fully insurable.

Our advertising revenues in certain markets are ratings-sensitive and subject to decline based on ratings agency projections.

Nielson uses its own technology to collect data for its ratings service. The Portable People Meter TM (“PPM) is a small device that does not require active manipulation by the end user and is capable of automatically measuring radio, television, Internet, satellite radio and satellite television signals that are encoded for the service by the broadcaster. The PPM offers a number of advantages over the traditional diary ratings collection system including ease of use, more reliable ratings data and shorter time periods between when advertising runs and when audience listening or viewing habits can be reported. In markets where we subscribe to Nielson under the PPM, our ratings tend to fluctuate even when there are no significant programming or competitive changes in the market. PPM data can fluctuate when changes are made to the “panel” (a group of individuals holding PPM devices). This makes all stations susceptible to inconsistencies in ratings that may or may not accurately reflect the actual number of listeners at any given time.

If we cannot attract the anticipated listener, programmer and advertiser base for our newly-acquired radio stations, we may not recoup associated operating costs or achieve profitability for these radio stations.

We frequently acquire selected assets of radio stations that previously broadcasted in formats other than our primary formats. We continue to program some of these stations in non-primary formats and we re-program others to one of our primary formats. During, and for a period after, the conversion of a radio station’s format, the radio station typically generates operating losses. The magnitude and duration of these losses depends on a number of factors, including the promotional and marketing costs associated with attracting listeners and advertisers to our radio station’s new format and the success of these efforts. There is no guarantee that the operation of these newly-acquired stations or our operations in new formats will attract a sufficient listener and advertiser base. If we are not successful in attracting the listener and advertiser base we anticipate, we may not recoup associated operating costs or achieve profitability for these radio stations.

If we do not maintain or increase our block programming revenues, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

The financial success of each of our radio stations that feature Christian Teaching and Talk programming is significantly dependent upon our ability to generate revenue from the sale of block programming time to national and local religious and educational organizations. Block programming accounted for 42.0% of our net broadcast revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, and 41.4% of our net broadcast revenue for the prior year. We compete for this program revenue with a number of commercial and non-commercial radio stations. Due to the significant competition for this block programming, we may not be able to maintain or increase our current block programming revenue, in which case, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain or grow our advertising revenues, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our radio stations, Internet sites and publications are to varying degrees dependent upon advertising for their respective revenues. In the advertising market, we compete for revenue with other commercial religious format and general format radio

 

21


Table of Contents

stations, as well as with other media outlets including broadcast and cable television, newspapers, magazines, direct mail, Internet and billboard advertising. Due to this significant competition, we may not be able to maintain or increase our current advertising revenue. Any sustained economic downturn could negatively impact our ability to generate revenues. If we are unable to maintain and grow our advertising revenues, our business, financial condition and results of operating may be materially and adversely affected.

After the economic recession of 2008 and 2009, we experienced a stabilization of advertising revenue. In 2012, we recorded record levels of political advertising. There can be no assurance that our advertising revenue will not be volatile in the future or that such volatility will not have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

General economic conditions, including a prolonged weakness in the economy, may affect consumer purchases, which could adversely affect our wellness product sales.

Our wellness product operating results are dependent on a number of factors impacting consumer spending, including general economic and business conditions; consumer confidence; wages and employment levels; the housing market; consumer debt levels; availability of consumer credit; credit and interest rates; fuel and energy costs; energy shortages; taxes; general political conditions, both domestic and abroad; and the level of customer traffic within department stores, malls and other shopping and selling environments. Consumer product purchases, including purchases of our wellness products, may decline during recessionary periods. A prolonged downturn or an uncertain outlook in the economy may materially and adversely affect our wellness product business, revenues and profits.

Our business generates revenue from the sale of advertising, and the reduction in spending by or loss of advertisers could seriously harm our business.

We derive a substantial part of our total revenues from the sale of advertising. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 43.0%, 42.3% and 41.8% of our total revenues, respectively, were generated from the sale of broadcast advertising. We are particularly dependent on revenue from our Los Angeles and Dallas clusters, which generated 15.2%, and 23.2%, respectively, of our total net advertising revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, 16.2% and 23.6%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 15.2% and 25.5%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Because substantial portions of our revenues are derived from local advertisers in these key markets, our ability to generate revenues in those markets could be adversely affected by local or regional economic downturns.

Trade concentration and credit risk

The sale of printed book publications is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore chains. These bookstore chains account for a vast majority of book publishing revenues. Due to this concentration of book publication sales, it may be difficult for us compete effectively in the market, which could adversely affect our revenues and growth prospects.

We face significant competition, which we expect will continue to intensify, and we may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position or market share.

We operate in a highly competitive broadcast and media business. We compete for advertisers and customers with other radio broadcasters, as well as with other media sources including broadcast and cable television, newspapers and magazines, national and local digital services, outdoor advertising, direct mail, online marketing and media companies, social media platforms, web-based blogs, and mobile telephony devices. We face intense competition from a wide range of competitors, including online marketing and media companies, integrated social media platforms and other specialist and enthusiast websites.

Our broadcast audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, and any change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the revenue of our stations located in that market. Salem Web Network competes for visitors and advertisers with other companies that deliver on-line audio programming and Christian and conservative Internet content as well as providers of general market Internet sites. Our print magazines compete for readers and advertisers with other print publications including those that follow the Christian music industry and those that address themes of interest to church leadership and the Christian audience. Xulon Press™ competes for authors with other on-demand publishers including those focused exclusively on Christian book publishers.

This competition could make it more difficult for us to provide value to our consumers, our advertisers and our content creators and result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, decreased website traffic and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.

 

22


Table of Contents

Wellness products are a highly competitive industry. Our failure to compete effectively could adversely affect our market share, revenues and growth prospects.

The U.S. nutritional supplements retail industry is large and highly fragmented among specialty retailers, supermarkets, drugstores, mass merchants, multi-level marketing organizations, on-line merchants, mail-order companies and a variety of other smaller participants. We believe that the market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new wellness products, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. In the U.S., we also compete for sales with heavily advertised national brands manufactured by large pharmaceutical and food companies, as well as other retailers. In addition, as some wellness products become more mainstream, we experience increased price competition for those wellness products as more participants enter the market. We may not be able to compete effectively and our attempts to do so may require us to reduce our prices, which may result in lower profit margins for our wellness products. Failure to effectively compete could adversely affect our market share, revenues and growth prospects.

If we are unable to continue to drive and increase visitors to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites and convert these visitors into repeat users and customers cost-effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We attract traffic to our owned and operated websites by offering content that is highly specific and that we believe to be relevant to our audiences. How successful we are in these efforts depends, in part, upon our continued ability to create and distribute high-quality, commercially valuable content in a cost-effective manner at scale that connects consumers with content that meets their specific interests and effectively enables them to share and interact with the content and supporting communities. We may not be able to create content in a cost-effective manner or that meets rapidly changing consumer demand in a timely manner, if at all. Any such failure to do so may adversely affect user and customer experiences and reduce traffic driven to our websites that could adversely affect our business, revenue, financial condition and results of operations.

Even if we succeed in driving traffic to our owned and operated websites and to our customer websites, neither we nor our advertisers and customers may be able to monetize this traffic or otherwise retain consumers. Our failure to do so could result in decreases in customers and related advertising revenue, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New technologies may increase competition with our broadcasting operations.

Our radio broadcasting business faces increasing competition from new technologies, such as broadband wireless, satellite radio and audio broadcasting by cable television systems, as well as new customer products, such as portable digital audio players and smart mobile phones. These new technologies and alternative media platforms compete with our radio stations for audience share and advertising revenues. The FCC also has approved new technologies for use in the radio broadcasting industry, including the terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, which significantly enhances the sound quality of radio broadcasts. We are unable to predict the effect that such technologies and related services and products will have on our broadcasting operations, but the capital expenditures necessary to implement such technologies could be substantial. We cannot assure that we will continue to have the resources to acquire new technologies or to introduce new services to compete with other new technologies or services, and other companies employing such new technologies or services could increase competition with our businesses.

Our printing business also faces increasing competition from new technologies, such as the Internet, eBook reader devices, and tablets. These new technologies and alternative media platforms compete with our printed books and magazines for audience share and advertising revenues. We must continue to expand our publishing businesses from traditional publishers to new digital technologies, We may make significant investments in new products and services that may not be profitable, or whose profitability may be significantly lower than we have experienced. Success and continued growth depends greatly on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and retaining our existing business relationships, are critical to our success.

The company must respond to changes in consumer behavior as a result of new technologies in order to remain competitive.

Technology, particularly digital technology used in the entertainment industry, continues to evolve rapidly, leading to alternative methods for the delivery and storage of digital content. These technological advancements have driven changes in

 

23


Table of Contents

consumer behavior and have empowered consumers to seek more control over when, where and how they consume digital content. Content owners are increasingly delivering their content directly to consumers over the Internet, often without charge, and innovations in distribution platforms have enabled consumers to view such Internet-delivered content on televisions and portable devices. There is a risk that the company’s responses to these changes and strategies to remain competitive, including distribution of its content on a “pay” basis, may not be adopted by consumers. In publishing, the trending toward digital media may drive down the price consumers are willing to spend on our products disproportionately to the costs associated with generating literary content. Our failure to protect and exploit the value of our content, while responding to and developing new technology and business models to take advantage of advancements in technology and the latest consumer preferences, could have a significant material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial results would suffer if we fail to successfully meet market needs.

The sale of books represents a substantial part of revenues for Regnery. We are subject to the risk that we will not successfully develop and execute promotional strategies for new books that respond to customer trends, including trends related to demand for eBooks, or other technological changes that will not meet market needs, which would have a material adverse effect on the financial results of Regnery.

Unfavorable publicity or consumer perception of our wellness products, the ingredients they contain and any similar products distributed by other companies could cause fluctuations in our operating results and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our wellness products and our ability to generate revenue.

We are highly dependent upon consumer perception of the safety and quality of our wellness products and the ingredients they contain. Consumer perception of our wellness products and the ingredients they contain, as well as consumer perception of similar wellness products, can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, national media attention and other publicity about wellness product use. A wellness product may be received favorably, resulting in high sales associated with that product that may not be sustainable as consumer preferences change. Future scientific research or publicity could be unfavorable to the wellness product industry or any of our particular wellness products or the ingredients they contain and may not be consistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. A future research report or publicity that is perceived by our wellness product consumers as less favorable or that questions earlier research or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate wellness product revenues. Unfavorable market perception of our wellness products could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the demand for our wellness products, and our ability to generate wellness product revenues.

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new wellness products could significantly harm our wellness products customer relationships and wellness product sales.

Wellness products are particularly subject to changing consumer trends and preferences. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not be able to respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to these changes. If we are unable to do so, our wellness product customer relationships and wellness product sales could be harmed significantly.

Furthermore, the wellness products industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of us as a source for the latest wellness products. This could harm our wellness product customer relationships and cause losses to our market share. The success of our new wellness product offerings depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to: accurately anticipate customer needs; innovate and develop new wellness products; successfully commercialize new wellness products in a timely manner; price our wellness products competitively; manufacture and deliver our wellness products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and differentiate our wellness product offerings from those of our competitors.

If we do not introduce new wellness products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our wellness products could become obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our wellness product revenues and wellness product operating results.

The interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems, or those of third parties that we rely upon, may materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition, and results of operations.

The availability of our products and services depends on the continuing operation of our information technology and communications systems. Any damage to or failure of our systems, or those of third parties that we rely upon (co-location

 

24


Table of Contents

providers for data servers, storage devices, and network access) could result in interruptions in our service, which could reduce our revenue and profits. Our systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, terrorist attacks, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses or other attempts to harm our systems.

Furthermore, third-party service providers may experience an interruption in operations or cease operations for any reason. If we are unable to agree on satisfactory terms for continued data center hosting relationships, we would be forced to enter into a relationship with other service providers or assume hosting responsibilities ourselves. If we are forced to switch hosting facilities, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service provider on acceptable terms or in hosting the computer servers ourselves. We may also be limited in our remedies against these providers in the event of a failure of service. We also rely on third-party providers for components of our technology platform, such as hardware and software providers. A failure or limitation of service or available capacity by any of these third-party providers may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to increase or maintain our Internet advertising revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating result, financial condition and results of operations.

We generate advertising revenue from the sale of display advertisements on our Internet sites. Our ability to increase or maintain this advertising revenue is largely dependent upon the number of users actively visiting our Internet sites. We also must increase user engagement with our advertisers in order to increase our advertising revenues. In addition, Internet advertising techniques are evolving, and if our technology and advertisement serving techniques do not evolve to meet the needs of advertisers, our advertising revenue could decline. Changes in our business model, advertising inventory or initiatives could also cause a decrease in our advertising revenue. Because Internet and e-commerce are concentrated growth areas for us, any decrease in revenues in these areas could affect our operating results, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, Internet advertisements are reportedly becoming a means to distribute viruses over the Internet. If this practice becomes more prevalent, it could result in consumers becoming less inclined to click through online advertisements, which could adversely affect the demand for Internet advertising. Additionally, we do not have long-term agreements with most of our advertisers. Any termination, change or decrease in our advertising relationships could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability. If we do not maintain or increase our advertising revenues, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If Internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, traffic to our websites and corresponding consumer origination volumes could decline.

We depend in part on various Internet search engines, such as Google®, Bing®, Yahoo!®, and other search engines to direct a significant amount of traffic to our websites. Our ability to maintain the number of visitors directed to our websites through which we distribute our content by search engines is not entirely within our control. Changes in the methodologies used by search engines to display results could cause our websites to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of unique visitors who link to our websites. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our websites could negatively affect our ability to earn revenue. If traffic on our websites declines, we may need to employ more costly resources to replace lost traffic, and such increased expense could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Wireless devices and mobile phones are used to access the Internet, and our online marketing services may not be as effective when accessed through these devices, which could cause harm to our business.

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers has increased substantially in the last few years. Our websites were originally designed for persons accessing the Internet on a desktop or laptop computer. The smaller screens, lower resolution graphics and less convenient typing capabilities of these wireless devices and mobile phones may make it more difficult for visitors to respond to our offerings. In addition, the cost of mobile advertising is relatively high and may not be cost-effective for our services. We must also ensure that our licensing arrangements with third-party content providers allow us to make this content available on these devices. If we cannot effectively make our content, products and services available on these devices, fewer consumers may access and use our content, products and services. In addition, if our services continue to be less effective or less economically attractive for customers seeking to engage in advertising through these devices and this segment of Internet traffic grows at the expense of traditional computer Internet access, we will experience difficulty attracting website visitors and attracting and retaining customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be harmed.

 

25


Table of Contents

As a creator and a distributor of multi-media content, we face potential liability and expenses for legal claims based on the nature and content of the materials that we create and/or distribute, or that are accessible via our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites. If we are required to pay damages or expenses in connection with these legal claims, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

We rely on the work product of various content creators to produce original programs, articles and content for our radio programs, websites and print publications. We face potential liability based on a variety of theories, including defamation, negligence, unlawful practice of a licensed profession, copyright or trademark infringement or other legal theories based on the nature, creation or distribution of this information, and under various laws, including the Lanham Act and the Copyright Act. We may also be exposed to similar liability in connection with content that we do not create but that is posted to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites by users and other third parties through forums, comments, personas and other social media features. In addition, it is also possible that visitors to our owned and operated websites and to our network of customer websites could make claims against us for losses incurred in reliance upon information provided on our owned and operated websites or our network of customer websites. These claims, whether brought in the United States or abroad, could divert management time and attention away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these claims. If we become subject to these or similar types of claims and are not successful in our defense, we may be forced to pay substantial damages. While we run our content through a rigorous quality control process, including an automated plagiarism program, there is no guarantee that we will avoid future liability and potential expenses for legal claims based on the content of the materials that we create or distribute. Should the content distributed through our owned and operated websites and our network of customer websites violate the intellectual property rights of others or otherwise give rise to claims against us, we could be subject to substantial liability, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Damage to our reputation could damage our businesses.

Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our ability to attract and maintain relationships with advertisers and our listeners. Damage to our reputation could therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources, including, among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory action, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, compliance failures and unethical behavior. Negative publicity regarding us, whether or not true, may also result in harm to our prospects.

We rely on third parties to provide software and related services necessary for the operation of our business.

We incorporate and include third-party software into and with our applications and service offerings and expect to continue to do so. The operation of our applications and service offerings could be impaired if errors occur in the third-party software that we use. It may be more difficult for us to correct any defects in third-party software because the development and maintenance of the software is not within our control. Accordingly, our business could be adversely affected in the event of any errors in this software. There can be no assurance that any third-party licensors will continue to make their software available to us on acceptable terms, to invest the appropriate levels of resources in their software to maintain and enhance its capabilities, or to remain in business. Any impairment in our relationship with these third-party licensors could harm our ability to maintain and expand the reach of our service, increase listener hours and sell advertising, each of which could harm our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We may have difficulty scaling and adapting our existing technology and network infrastructure to accommodate increased traffic and technology advances or changing business requirements, which could lead to the loss of current and potential customers and advertisers, and cause us to incur expenses to make architectural changes.

To be successful, our network infrastructure has to perform well and be reliable. The greater the user traffic and the greater the complexity of our products and services, the more computing power we will need. In the future, we may spend substantial amounts to purchase or lease data centers and equipment, upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased traffic on our owned and operated websites and roll out new products and services. This expansion could be expensive and complex and could result in inefficiencies or operational failures. If we do not implement this expansion successfully, or if we experience inefficiencies and operational failures during its implementation, the quality of our products and services and our users’ experience could decline. This could damage our reputation and lead us to lose current and potential customers and advertisers. The costs associated with these adjustments to our architecture could harm our operating results. Cost increases, loss of traffic or failure to accommodate new technologies or changing business requirements could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural catastrophic events and to interruption by man-made problems such as computer viruses or terrorism.

Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins or similar events. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. In October of 2012, for example, Hurricane Sandy caused significant damage to our radio station facilities located in New Jersey. Additionally, our principal executive offices are located in Southern California, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, acts of terrorism could also cause disruptions in our business or the economy as a whole. Our servers may also be vulnerable to cyber-security risks such as computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer data. We rely heavily on servers, computers, communications systems and the Internet to conduct our business and provide high quality service to our listeners. Disruptions in these services could negatively impact our ability to run our business, result in the loss of existing or potential listeners, the loss of existing or potential advertisers and increase maintenance costs, each of which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Historically, we have not experienced significant disruptions in running our businesses due to cyber-security threats or breaches.

Our business may be adversely affected by malicious applications that interfere with, or exploit security flaws in, our Internet websites and online services.

Our business may be adversely affected by malicious applications that make changes to our users’ computers and interfere with their experience with our websites. These applications may attempt to change our users’ Internet experience, including hijacking queries to our website, altering or replacing search results or otherwise interfering with our ability to connect with our users. The interference often occurs without disclosure or consent, resulting in a negative experience that users may associate with us. These applications may be difficult or impossible to uninstall or disable, may reinstall themselves and may circumvent other applications’ efforts to block or remove them. The ability to reach users and provide them with a superior experience is critical to our success. If our efforts to combat these malicious applications are unsuccessful, our reputation may be harmed and user traffic could decline, which would damage our business. We have not experienced significant interference with our websites or digital content.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding, and we may be exposed to risks and costs associated with security breaches, data loss, credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenses and loss of revenue as well as other risks.

The protection of customer, employee, vendor, and other business data is critical to us. Federal, state, provincial and international laws and regulations govern the collection, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our employees, customers, vendors and franchisees. The regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy has been increasingly demanding in recent years, and may see the imposition of new and additional requirements by states and the federal government as well as foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. Compliance with these requirements may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new processes to meet these requirements. In addition, customers have a high expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information. If we or our service provider fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a significant breach of customer, employee, vendor, franchisee or other company data, our reputation could be damaged and result in an increase in service charges, suspension of service, lost sales, fines or lawsuits.

The use of credit payment systems makes us more susceptible to a risk of loss in connection with these issues, particularly with respect to an external security breach of customer information that we or third parties (including those with whom we have strategic alliances) under arrangements with us control. A significant portion of our sales require the collection of certain customer data, such as credit card information. In order for our sales channel to function, we and other parties involved in processing customer transactions must be able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information, securely over public networks. In the event of a security breach, theft, leakage, accidental release or other illegal activity with respect to employee, customer, or vendor, with whom we have strategic alliances or other company data, we could become subject to various claims, including those arising out of thefts and fraudulent transactions, and may also result in the suspension of credit card services. This could cause consumers to lose confidence in our security measures, harm our reputation as well as divert management attention and expose us to potentially unreserved claims and litigation. Any loss in connection with these types of claims could be substantial. In addition, if our electronic payment systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make significant investments to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. In addition, we are reliant on these systems, not only to protect the security of the information stored, but also to appropriately track and record data. Any failures or inadequacies in these systems could expose us to significant unreserved losses, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our brand reputation would likely be damaged as well.

 

27


Table of Contents

We are controlled by a few controlling stockholders who exercise control over most matters submitted to a shareholder vote and may have interests that differ from other security holders. They may, therefore, take actions that are not in the interests of other security holders.

As of December 31, 2013, Edward G. Atsinger III (Chief Executive Officer), Stuart W. Epperson (Chairman), Nancy A. Epperson (wife of Chairman) and Edward C. Atsinger (son of Chief Executive Officer) controlled approximately 84.9% in aggregate of the voting power of our capital stock. Thus, these four stockholders thus have the ability to control fundamental corporate transactions requiring stockholder approval, including but not limited to, the election of all of our directors, approval of merger transactions involving Salem and the sale of all or substantially all of Salem’s assets. The interests of any of these controlling stockholders may differ from the interests of other stockholders in a material manner. The controlling stockholders hold all of the Class B Common Stock, which have ten votes per share. Circumstances may occur in which the interests of the controlling stockholders could be in conflict with the interests of other security holders and the controlling stockholders would have the ability to cause us to take actions in their interest.

Our broadcasts often rely on content owned by third parties; obtaining such content could be costly and require us to enter into disadvantageous license or royalty arrangements.

We rely heavily upon content and software owned by third parties in order to provide programming for our broadcasts. The cost of obtaining all necessary licenses and permission to use this third-party content and software continues to increase. Although we attempt to avoid infringing known proprietary rights of third parties in our broadcasting efforts, we expect that we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims for alleged infringement from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Any claims relating to the infringement of third-party proprietary rights, even if not meritorious, could result in costly litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, or require us to enter into royalty or license agreements which are not advantageous to us. In addition, parties making claims may be able to obtain an injunction, which could prevent us from broadcasting all or certain portions of individual radio broadcasts containing content owned by third parties. We also rely on software that we license from third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and used to perform key broadcasting and accounting functions. We could lose the right to use this software or it could be made available to us only on commercially unreasonable terms. Although we believe that alternative software is available from other third-party suppliers or internal developments, the loss of or inability to maintain any of these software licenses or the inability of the third parties to enhance in a timely and cost-effective manner their products in response to changing customer needs, industry standards or technological developments could result in limitations or delays in broadcasting or accounting for programming by us until equivalent software can be developed internally or identified, licensed and integrated, which would harm our business.

Poor perception of our brand, business or industry could harm our reputation and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent upon attracting a large audience to our radio stations, websites and publications. Our brand, business and reputation are vulnerable to poor perception. Any damage to our reputation could harm our ability to attract and retain advertisers, customers and content creators, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect our domain names, our reputation and brands could be adversely affected.

We currently hold various domain name registrations relating to our brands. The registration and maintenance of domain names generally are regulated by governmental agencies and their designees. Governing bodies may establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be unable to register or maintain relevant domain names. We may be unable, without significant cost or at all, to prevent third parties from registering domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of, our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Failure to protect our domain names could adversely affect our reputation and brands, and make it more difficult for users to find our websites and our services.

The efficacy of wellness products is supported by limited conclusive clinical studies, which could result in less market acceptance of these wellness products and lower revenues or lower growth rates in revenues.

Our wellness products are made from various ingredients including vitamins, minerals, amino acids, herbs, botanicals, fruits, berries and other substances for which there is a long history of human consumption. However, there is little long-term experience with human consumption of certain product ingredients or combinations of ingredients in concentrated form. Although we believe all of our wellness products fall within the generally known safe limits for daily doses of each ingredient contained within them, nutrition science is imperfect. Moreover, some people have peculiar sensitivities or

 

28


Table of Contents

reactions to nutrients commonly found in foods, and may have similar sensitivities or reactions to nutrients contained in our wellness products. Furthermore, nutrition science is subject to change based on new research. New scientific evidence may disprove the efficacy of our wellness products or prove our wellness products to have effects not previously known. We could be adversely affected by studies that may assert that our wellness products are ineffective or harmful to consumers, or if adverse effects are associated with a competitor’s similar products.

We are currently dependent on a limited number of independent suppliers and manufacturers of our wellness products, which may affect our ability to deliver our wellness products in a timely manner. If we are not able to ensure timely product deliveries, potential distributors and customers may not order our wellness products, and our revenues may decrease.

We rely entirely on a limited number of third parties to supply and manufacture our wellness products. These third parties are subject to FDA regulation and must operate in accordance with strict manufacturing requirements referred to as Good Manufacturing Practices(“GMP’s”) for dietary supplements. Our wellness products are manufactured on a purchase order basis only and manufacturers can terminate their relationships with us at any time. These third party manufacturers may be unable to satisfy our supply requirements, manufacture our wellness products on a timely basis and in compliance with GMP’s, fill and ship our orders promptly, provide services at competitive costs or offer reliable products and services. The failure to meet any of these critical needs and legal requirements would delay or reduce wellness product shipments and adversely affect our revenues, as well as jeopardize our relationships with our customers. In the event any of our third party manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative manufacturing sources on a timely basis. Additionally, all of our third party manufacturers source the raw materials for our products, and if we were to use alternative manufacturers, we may not be able to duplicate the exact taste and consistency profile of the product from the original manufacturer. An extended interruption in the supply of our products would result in decreased product sales and our revenues would likely decline. We believe that we can meet our current supply and manufacturing requirements with our current suppliers and manufacturers or with available substitute suppliers and manufacturers. Historically, we have not experienced any delays or disruptions to our wellness product business caused by difficulties in obtaining supplies.

We are dependent on our third party manufacturers to supply our wellness products in the compositions we require, and we do not independently analyze our wellness products. Any errors in our wellness product manufacturing could result in wellness product recalls, contamination, significant legal exposure, reduced revenues and the loss of distributors.

While we require that our manufacturers verify the accuracy of the contents of our wellness products, we do not have the expertise or personnel to monitor the production of products by these third parties. We rely exclusively, without independent verification, on certificates of analysis regarding wellness product content provided by our third party suppliers and limited safety testing they perform. We cannot be assured that all of the third parties involved in the manufacturing of our products are complying with government health and safety standards, and even if our wellness products meet these standards, they could otherwise become contaminated. Errors in the manufacture of our wellness products and the occurrence of contamination could result in product recalls, significant legal exposure, adverse publicity, decreased revenues and loss of distributors and endorsers. We also cannot be assured that these outside manufacturers will continue to supply wellness products to us reliably in the compositions we require. Any of these failures or occurrences could negatively affect our wellness products business and financial performance.

The sale of our wellness products involves product liability and related risks that could expose us to significant insurance and loss expenses.

We face an inherent risk of exposure to wellness product liability claims if the use of our wellness products results in, or is believed to have resulted in, illness or injury. Most of our wellness products contain combinations of ingredients, and there is little long-term experience with the effect of these combinations. In addition, interactions of these wellness products with other products, prescription medicines and over-the-counter drugs have not been fully explored or understood and may have unintended consequences. While our third party manufacturers perform tests in connection with the formulations of our wellness products, these tests are not designed to evaluate the inherent safety of our wellness products.

Although we maintain product liability insurance, it may not be sufficient to cover all product liability claims and such claims that may arise could have a material adverse effect on our business. We carry product liability insurance coverage that requires us to pay deductibles/retentions with primary and excess liability coverage above the deductible/retention amount. Because of our deductibles and self-insured retention amounts, we have significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. The successful assertion or settlement of an uninsured claim, a significant number of insured claims or a claim exceeding the limits of our insurance coverage would harm us by adding further costs to our business and by diverting the attention of our senior management from the operation of our business. Even if we successfully defend a liability claim, the uninsured litigation costs and adverse publicity may be harmful to our business.

 

29


Table of Contents

Any product liability claim may increase our costs and adversely affect our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability claims, which, if adversely determined, could subject us to substantial monetary damages.

If the wellness products we sell do not have the healthful effects intended, our wellness products business may suffer.

In general, our wellness products sold consist of nutritional supplements, which are classified in the United States as “dietary supplements” which do not currently require approval from the FDA or other regulatory agencies prior to sale. Although many of the ingredients in such wellness products are vitamins, minerals, herbs and other substances for which there is a long history of human consumption, they contain innovative ingredients or combinations of ingredients. Although we believe all of such wellness products and the combinations of ingredients in them are safe when taken as directed, there is little long-term experience with human or other animal consumption of certain of these ingredients or combinations thereof in concentrated form. The wellness products could have certain side effects if not taken as directed or if taken by a consumer that has certain medical conditions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any of the wellness products, even when used as directed, will have the effects intended or will not have harmful side effects.

A slower growth rate in the nutritional supplement industry could lessen our wellness product sales and make it more difficult for us to achieve growth and become profitable.

The wellness product industry has been growing at a strong pace over the past ten years, despite continued negative impacts of popular supplements like Echinacea and ephedra on the supplement market. However, any reported medical concerns with respect to ingredients commonly used in wellness products could negatively impact the demand for our products.

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the trading price of our Class A common stock may be negatively affected.

We are subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX), which requires us to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. We have consumed and will continue to consume management resources and incur expenses for SOX compliance on an ongoing basis. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the trading price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected. Additionally, we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations results in a higher level of legal and financial compliance costs.

In addition, complying with public disclosure rules makes our business more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REGULATIONS

The restrictions on ownership of multiple radio stations in each market may prevent us from implementing our broadcasting market cluster strategy.

We seek to acquire additional radio stations in markets in which we already have existing stations. Our ability to acquire, operate and integrate any such future acquisitions as part of a cluster is limited by antitrust laws, the Communications Act, FCC regulations and other applicable laws and regulations. Changes to any of these laws or regulations may affect our ability

 

30


Table of Contents

to acquire additional stations in radio markets where we already own one (1) or more radio station(s). In 1996, Congress passed legislation that requires the FCC to periodically conduct reviews of its regulations, including those which govern the maximum number of radio stations an entity may own or have joint arrangements with relating to programming, advertising sales and station operations (the “Ownership Limits”). The FCC has adopted radio multiple ownership rules that depend upon the total number of radio stations located in the market in determining the applicable Ownership Limits. In 2003, the FCC modified its definition of the term “market” and its method of determining the number of radio stations located in a “market.” Specifically, in larger markets, the FCC replaced its “signal contour method” of defining a market and determining the number of radio stations located in the market with the use of “geographic markets” delineated by Nielson, which is a commercial ratings service, as reported in the BIA database, as issued by BIA/Kelsey, a research and advisory company focused on the local advertising marketplace. For smaller radio markets for which Nielson has not delineated a geographic market, the “signal contour method” continues to be the method of defining the market and determining the number of radio stations in the market. The methods the FCC uses to define markets affect the number of radio stations an entity may own or have joint arrangements with relating to programming, advertising sales and station operations in areas adjacent to a delineated Nielson market. In 2010, the FCC opened a new phase of rulemaking concerning its broadcast ownership rules. The FCC sought public comments on the existing rules, including arguments and factual data on their impact on competition, localism, and diversity and held public meetings around the country on the issue of media ownership rules. The FCC 2010 quadrennial review of broadcast ownership rules is ongoing and a report and order in the proceeding was most recently delayed into 2014. It is not clear the impact that this 2010 review will have on the 2014 review period, which is expected to be completed in the near future.

We cannot predict the impact of possible modifications to the FCC’s local radio multiple ownership rules on our business operations. Likewise, we cannot predict whether there will be a change in the antitrust laws, Communications Act or other laws governing the ownership or operation of radio stations, or whether the FCC, DOJ or FTC will modify their regulations and policies governing or affecting the acquisition of additional radio stations in a market. In addition, we cannot predict whether a private party will challenge acquisitions we propose in the future. These events could adversely affect our ability to implement our cluster acquisition strategy.

Government regulation of the broadcasting industry by the FTC, DOJ and FCC may limit our ability to acquire or dispose of radio stations and enter into certain agreements.

The Communications Act and FCC rules and policies require prior FCC approval for transfers of control of, and assignments of, FCC broadcast licenses. The FTC and the DOJ evaluate transactions to determine whether those transactions should be challenged under federal antitrust laws. As we have gained a presence in a greater number of markets and percentage of the top 50 markets, our future proposed transactions may be subject to more frequent and aggressive review by the FTC and/or the DOJ due to market concentration concerns. This increased level of review may be accentuated in instances where we propose to engage in a transaction with parties who themselves have multiple stations in the relevant market. The FCC might not approve a proposed radio station acquisition or disposition when the DOJ has expressed market concentration concerns with respect to the buy or sell side of a given transaction, even if the proposed transaction would otherwise comply with the FCC’s numerical limits on in-market ownership. We cannot be sure that the DOJ or the FTC will not seek to prohibit or require the restructuring of our future acquisitions or dispositions on these or other bases.

If a complaint was filed against us or other FCC licensees involved in a transaction with us, or an objection to the transaction itself, the FCC could delay the grant of, or refuse to grant, its consent to an assignment or transfer of control of licenses and effectively prohibit a proposed acquisition or disposition.

As noted in the immediately preceding risk factor, the FCC’s local radio multiple ownership rules limit the maximum number of stations we may own or operate in a market. This may limit our ability to make future radio station acquisitions in certain markets. Additionally, this may limit our ability, in certain markets, to enter into agreements whereby we provide programming to or sell advertising on radio stations that we do not own. It could also limit our ability to sell stations to other entities that already own stations in some markets.

We may be adversely affected by statutes dealing with indecency.

The Broadcast Decency Enforcement Act of 2005 enhances the FCC’s enforcement of its rules concerning the broadcast of obscene, indecent, or profane material became law in 2006. This legislation increased the FCC’s authority in this area to impose substantially higher monetary forfeiture penalties, up to $325,000 per violation and a total of $3,000,000 for any one (1) incident. While we do not anticipate these increased penalties to impact us as significantly as some of our competitors given the nature of our programming, we could face increased costs in the form of fines as a result of this legislation.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may be subject to fines and other penalties related to violations of FCC indecency rules and other FCC rules and policies, the enforcement of which has increased in recent years, and complaints related to such violations may delay our renewal applications with the FCC.

We provide live news reporting that is controlled by our on-air news talent. Although our on-air talent have been professional and careful in what they say, there is always the possibility that information may be reported that is inaccurate or even in violation of certain indecency rules promulgated by the FCC.

If we fail to maintain our broadcast licenses with the FCC, we would be prevented from operating affected radio stations.

We operate each of our radio stations pursuant to one or more FCC broadcast licenses, generally of eight years’ duration. As each license expires, we apply for renewal of the license. However, we cannot be sure that any of our licenses will be renewed, and renewal is subject to challenge by third parties or to denial by the FCC. In evaluating a broadcast license renewal application, the FCC must grant the renewal if: (1) the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; (2) there have been no serious violations of the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules; and (3) there have been no other violations which, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. If, however, the station fails to meet these standards, the FCC may deny the application, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing, or grant the application on terms and conditions that are appropriate, including renewal for less than the maximum term otherwise allowed. The failure to renew any of our licenses would prevent us from operating the affected station and generating revenue from it. If the FCC decides to include conditions or qualifications in any of our licenses, we may be limited in the manner in which we may operate the affected station.

Proposed legislation requires radio broadcasters to pay higher royalties to record labels and recording artists.

We must maintain music programming royalty arrangements with, and pay license fees to, Broadcast Music, Inc. (“BMI”), American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (“ASCAP”), and SESAC, Inc. These organizations negotiate with copyright users, collect royalties and distribute them to songwriters and music publishers. Currently, we pay royalties to song composers and publishers through BMI, ASCAP and SESAC.

On December 18, 2007, legislation was introduced to Congress under the Performance Rights Act that would require terrestrial radio broadcasters to pay a royalty to record labels and performing artists for use of their recorded songs. The proposed legislation would add an additional layer of royalties to be paid directly to the record labels and artists. The bill was reintroduced on February 4, 2009. It is currently unknown what proposed legislation, if any, will become law, and what significance this royalty would have on our results from operations, cash flows or financial position. A similar bill, “The Free Market Royalty Act”, was introduced on September 30, 2013. As of February 20, 2014, however, neither of these bills have been passed.

It is currently unknown what proposed legislation, if any, will become law, and what significance this royalty would have on our results from operations, cash flows or financial position.

Changes in regulations or user concerns regarding privacy and protection of user data, or any failure to comply with such laws, could diminish the value of our services and cause us to lose customers and revenue.

When a user visits our websites or certain pages of our customers’ websites, we use technologies, including “cookies,” to collect information related to the user, such as the user’s Internet Protocol, or IP, address, demographic information, and history of the user’s interactions with advertisements previously delivered by us. The information that we collect about users helps us deliver appropriate content and targeted advertising to the user. A variety of federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our users. The existing privacy-related laws and regulations are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. We post privacy policies on all of our owned and operated websites that set forth our policies and practices related to the collection and use of customer data. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with industry standards or laws or regulations could result in a loss of customer confidence in us, or result in actions against us by governmental entities or others, all of which could potentially cause us to lose customers and revenues.

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current or enact new laws regarding privacy matters. New laws may be enacted, or existing laws may be amended or re-interpreted, in a manner that limits our ability to analyze user data. If our access to user data is limited through legislation or any industry development, we may be unable to provide effective technologies and services to customers and we may lose customers and revenue.

 

32


Table of Contents

Certain U.S. and foreign laws could subject us to claims or otherwise harm our business.

We are subject to a variety of laws in the U.S. and abroad that may subject us to claims or other remedies. Our failure to comply with applicable laws may subject us to additional liabilities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Laws and regulations that are particularly relevant to our business address (a) privacy; (b) freedom of expression; (c) information security; (d) content and distribution of content, including liability for user reliance on such content; (e) intellectual property rights, including secondary liability for infringement by others; (f) domain name registration; and (g) online advertising and marketing, including email marketing and unsolicited commercial email.

Many applicable laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet. Moreover, the applicability and scope of the laws that do address the Internet remain uncertain. For example, the laws relating to the liability of providers of online services are evolving. Claims have been either threatened or filed against us under both U.S. and foreign laws for defamation, copyright infringement, cybersquatting and trademark infringement. In the future, claims may also be alleged against us based on tort claims and other theories based on our content, products and services or content generated by our users.

We receive, process and store large amounts of personal user data on our owned and operated websites and from our freelance content creators. Our privacy and data security policies govern the collection, use, sharing, disclosure and protection of this data. The storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personal information and user data are subject to federal, state and international privacy laws, the purpose of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. If requirements regarding the manner in which certain personal information and other user data are processed and stored change significantly, our business may be adversely affected, impacting our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may be exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the level of privacy required for customer and other user data we collect. Our failure or the failure of various third-party vendors and service providers to comply with applicable privacy policies or applicable laws and regulations or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release of personal information or other user data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Government regulation of the Internet is evolving, and unfavorable developments could have a material and adverse affect on our operating results.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws, as well as regulations and laws specific to the Internet. Such laws and regulations cover taxation, user privacy, data collection and protection, copyrights, electronic contracts, sales procedures, automatic subscription renewals, credit card processing procedures, customer protections, broadband Internet access and content restrictions. We cannot guarantee that we have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction, as it is not entirely clear how existing laws and regulations governing issues such as privacy, taxation and consumer protection apply to the Internet. Moreover, as Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state and foreign agencies becomes more likely. The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the popularity or growth in use of the Internet, including laws limiting Internet neutrality, could decrease listener demand for our service offerings and increase our cost of doing business. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs and result in additional historical or future liabilities for us, resulting in material and adverse impacts on our business and our operating results.

Environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations may limit or restrict some of our operations.

We must comply with various federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations that have a tendency to affect broadcast facilities differently than other uses. We are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety, as well as zoning restrictions that may affect, among other things, the ability for us to improve or relocate our radio broadcasting facilities. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws; however, existing laws, and those that may be applied in the future, or a finding of a violation of such laws or liability, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints, which can make compliance costly and subject us to enforcement actions by governmental agencies.

The processing, formulation, safety, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, advertising and distribution of our wellness products are subject to federal laws and regulation by one or more federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the CPSC, the USDA, and the EPA. These activities are also regulated by various state, local and international laws and agencies of the states and localities in which our wellness products are sold. Government regulations may prevent or delay the introduction, or require the reformulation, of our wellness products, which could result in lost revenues and increased costs to us. For

 

33


Table of Contents

instance, the FDA regulates, among other things, the composition, safety, manufacture, labeling and marketing of dietary supplements (including vitamins, minerals, herbs, and other dietary ingredients for human use). The FDA may not accept the evidence of safety for any new dietary ingredient that we may wish to market, may determine that a particular dietary supplement or ingredient presents an unacceptable health risk based on the required submission of serious adverse events or other information, and may determine that a particular claim or statement of nutritional value that we use to support the marketing of a dietary supplement is an impermissible drug claim, is not substantiated, or is an unauthorized version of a “health claim.”

Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing particular wellness products or making certain claims or statements with respect to those wellness products. The FDA could also require us to remove a particular wellness product from the market. Any future recall or removal would result in additional costs to us, including lost revenues from any wellness product that we are required to remove from the market, any of which could be material. Any wellness product recalls or removals could also lead to an increased risk of litigation and liability, substantial costs, and reduced growth prospects.

Additional or more stringent laws and regulations of dietary supplements and other wellness products have been considered from time to time. These developments could require reformulation of some wellness products to meet new standards, recalls or discontinuance of some wellness products not able to be reformulated, additional record-keeping requirements, increased documentation of the properties of some wellness products, additional or different labeling, additional scientific substantiation, or other new requirements. Any of these developments could increase our costs significantly.

Our failure to comply with FTC regulations could result in substantial monetary penalties and could adversely affect our operating results.

The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of wellness products and has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Capital requirements necessary to implement acquisitions could pose risks.

We face competition from other companies for acquisition opportunities. If the prices sought by sellers of these companies were to rise, we may find fewer acceptable acquisition opportunities. In addition, the purchase price of possible acquisitions could require additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the acquisition opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures.

If we are not able to obtain financing or generate sufficient cash flows from operations, we may be unable to fund future acquisitions.

We may require significant financing to fund our acquisition strategy, which may not be available to us. The availability of funds under our existing senior credit facility at any time is dependent upon, among other factors, our ability to satisfy financial covenants. Our future operating performance will be subject to financial, economic, business, competitive, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot make any assurances that our future cash flows or borrowing capacity will be sufficient to allow us to complete future acquisitions or implement our business plan, which could have a material negative impact on our business and results of operations.

We have substantial debt and have the ability to incur additional debt. The principal and interest payment obligations of such debt may restrict our future operations and impair our ability to meet our obligations under such debt.

At December 31, 2013, we and our subsidiary guarantors had approximately $291.3 million outstanding on our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank Term Loan B.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our substantial debt may have important consequences. For instance, it could:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations,

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of any cash flow from operations to the payment of interest and principal due under our debt, which will reduce funds available for other business purposes, including capital expenditures, acquisitions and payment of dividends;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with some of our competitors that may have less debt and better access to capital resources; and

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing required to fund working capital and capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes.

Our ability to satisfy our obligations and to reduce our total debt depends on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, and future financings may not be available to provide sufficient net proceeds, to meet these obligations or to successfully execute our business or acquisition strategies.

The agreements governing our various debt obligations impose restrictions on our business and could adversely affect our ability to undertake certain corporate actions.

The agreements governing our debt obligations, including the agreements governing our Term Loan B, include covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business. These restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. These covenants place restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions to stockholders;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;

 

   

merge or consolidate, or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of substantially all of our assets;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

sell or transfer assets.

Our Term Loan B and our Revolver also require us to comply with a number of financial ratios and covenants and restricts our ability to make certain capital expenditures.

Our ability to comply with these agreements may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. These covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the Term Loan B and Revolver. An event of default under any of our debt agreements could permit some of our lenders, to declare all amounts borrowed from them to be immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, which could, in turn, trigger defaults under other debt obligations and the commitments of the lenders to make further extensions of credit under our Revolver could be terminated. If we were unable to repay debt to our lenders, or are otherwise in default under any provision governing our outstanding secured debt obligations, our secured lenders could proceed against us and the subsidiary guarantors and against the collateral securing that debt.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. However, our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on, and to refinance, our indebtedness, and to fund capital expenditures, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which, in turn, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and we may not have available to us future borrowings in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness. In these circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Without this financing, we could be forced to sell assets or secure additional financing to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. In addition, we may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations.

 

35


Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

No one physical property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations; however, we continually evaluate opportunities to upgrade our properties. We believe we will be able to renew existing leases when applicable or obtain comparable facilities, as necessary.

Corporate

Our corporate headquarters are located in Camarillo, California where we own an approximately 40,000 square foot office building.

Radio Broadcasting

The types of properties required to support our radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter, antenna and tower sites. A station’s studios are generally located in an office in a downtown or business district. Transmitter, antenna and tower sites are located in areas that provide maximum market coverage. We either own or lease our radio transmitting properties under agreements that generally range from three to twenty-five years. We believe we will be able to renew any such lease that expires or obtain comparable facilities, as necessary. Our SRN and SMR offices and Dallas radio stations are located in an office building in the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area, where we own an approximately 34,000 square foot office building. Our radio network operates from various offices and studios from which the programming originates or is relayed from a remote point of origination. Our network leases satellite transponders used for delivery of its programming. We also own office buildings in Honolulu, Hawaii; Tampa, Florida; Miami, Florida; and Altamonte Springs, Florida.

We lease certain property from our principal stockholders or trusts and partnerships created for the benefit of the principal stockholders and their families. These leases are described in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements. All such leases have cost of living adjustments. Based upon our management’s assessment and analysis of local market conditions for comparable properties, we believe such leases have terms that are as favorable as, or more favorable, to the company than those that would have been available from unaffiliated parties.

Salem Web Network

Salem Web Network operates from leased office facilities in Richmond, Virginia; Arlington, Virginia; and Nashville, Tennessee. The lease agreements range from one to ten years remaining on the lease term. We believe we will be able to renew any such lease that expires or obtain comparable facilities, as necessary.

Salem Publishing

Salem Publishing operates from leased office facilities in Nashville, Tennessee and Orlando, Florida. The lease agreements range from one to ten years remaining on the lease term. We believe we will be able to renew any such lease that expires or obtain comparable facilities, as necessary.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We and our subsidiaries, incident to our business activities, are parties to a number of legal proceedings, lawsuits, arbitration and other claims. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. We maintain insurance that may provide coverage for such matters. Consequently, we are unable to ascertain the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or the financial impact with respect to these matters. We believe, at this time, that the final resolution of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect upon our annual consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. MINE AND SAFETY DISCLSOURES.

Not Applicable.

 

36


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

The company’s Class A common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market® (“NASDAQ-NGM”) under the symbol SALM. On February 20, 2014, the company had approximately 42 stockholders of record (not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms) and 19,487,403 outstanding shares of its Class A common stock and two stockholders of record and 5,553,696 outstanding shares of its Class B common stock. The following table sets forth for the fiscal quarters indicated the range of high and low sale price information per share of the Class A common stock of the company as reported on the NASDAQ-NGM.

 

     2012      2013  
     1st Qtr      2nd Qtr      3rd Qtr      4th Qtr      1st Qtr      2nd Qtr      3rd Qtr      4th Qtr  

High (mid-day)

   $ 4.85       $ 5.70       $ 5.73       $ 6.00       $ 8.40       $ 10.14       $ 8.50       $ 9.50   

Low (mid-day)

   $ 2.35       $ 4.25       $ 4.64       $ 4.62       $ 5.19       $ 7.00       $ 7.20       $ 7.53   

There is no established public trading market for the company’s Class B common stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The actual declaration of dividends and distributions, as well as the establishment of per share amounts, dates of record, and payment dates are subject to final determination by our Board of Directors and dependent upon future earnings, cash flows, financial requirements, and other factors. On September 12, 2013, our Board of Directors decided to review distributions on a quarterly basis, rather than an annual basis.

On November 20, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0550 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.4 million, or $0.0550 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on December 27, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of December 10, 2013.

On September 12, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0525 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.3 million, or $0.0525 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on October 4, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of September 26, 2013.

On May 30, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on June 28, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of June 14, 2013.

On March 18, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on April 1, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of March 25, 2013.

The following table shows distributions that have been declared and paid since January 1, 2012:

 

Announcement Date

  

Payment Date

   Amount Per Share      Cash Distributed
(in thousands)
 

November 20, 2013

   December 27, 2013    $ 0.0550       $ 1,376   

September 12, 2013

   October 4, 2013    $ 0.0525         1,308   

May 30, 2013

   June 28, 2013    $ 0.0500         1,240   

March 18, 2013

   April 1, 2013    $ 0.0500         1,234   

November 29, 2012

   December 28, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

August 30, 2012

   September 28, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

May 31, 2012

   June 21, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

March 7, 2012

   March 30, 2012    $ 0.0350         850   

While we intend to review distributions payments on a quarterly basis, the actual declaration of such future distributions and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates, and payment dates are subject to final determination by our Board of Directors and dependent upon future earnings, cash flows, financial requirements, and other factors. Based on the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock currently outstanding, and the currently approved distribution amount, we expect to pay total annual distributions of approximately $5.5 million.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our sole source of cash available for making any future distributions is our operating cash flow subject to our Term Loan B and Revolver, which contain covenants that restrict the payment of dividends and distributions unless certain specified conditions are satisfied.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following table sets forth selected financial data and other operating information of Salem. The selected financial data in the table is derived from the consolidated financial statements of Salem. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to our consolidated financial statements, related notes, other financial information included (incorporated by reference) herein, and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and specifically the disclosure concerning the reconciliation for historical Non-GAAP measures presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included in Item 7 of this report.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications include the separation of our non-broadcast segment into two operating segments, Internet and Publishing and the reporting of discontinued operations.

Due to growth within our Internet operations, including the March 2011 acquisition of WorshipHouseMedia.com discussed in Note 3, our Internet segment qualified for disclosure as a reportable segment as of 2011. In December 2011, due to operating results that were below expectations, we ceased operations of Samaritan Fundraising. All employees of the entity were terminated as of December 31, 2011. The Statements of Operations Data for all periods presented were updated to reflect the operating results of Samaritan Fundraising as a discontinued operation. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect the net assets of this entity as assets of discontinued operations for each applicable period presented.

 

38


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net broadcast revenue

   $ 172,055      $ 174,933      $ 178,731      $ 183,180      $ 183,697   

Net Internet and e-commerce revenue

     16,232        20,104        27,304        33,474        40,906   

Net publishing revenue

     10,926        11,421        12,131        12,525        12,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     199,213        206,458       218,166        229,179       236,934   

Operating expenses:

          

Broadcast operating expenses

     108,106        110,421        115,482        120,772        122,862   

Internet operating expenses

     13,361        16,722        20,889        25,145       28,378   

Publishing operating expenses

     10,237        11,226        11,475        12,288        13,289   

Corporate expenses

     14,005        16,613        17,503        18,892       21,430   

Depreciation and amortization

     15,120        14,588        14,971        14,647       15,262   

Cost of denied tower site, abandoned projects and terminated transactions

     1,111        —          —          —          —     

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     27,409        —          —          88        1,006   

Impairment of goodwill

     587        —          —          —          438   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          —          —          6,808        —     

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     1,676        255        (4,153     49        (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     191,612        169,825        176,167        198,689        202,401   

Operating income from continuing operations

     7,601        36,633       41,999        30,490       34,533   

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     290        183        344        106       68   

Interest expense

     (20,079     (30,297     (27,665     (24,911     (16,892

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     (781     —          —          —          3,177   

Gain on bargain purchase

     1,634        —          —          —          —     

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (1,050     (1,832     (2,169     (1,088 )     (27,795

Net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     (88     (16     (40     79        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (20,074     (31,962 )     (29,530     (25,814 )     (41,424

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (12,473     4,671        12,469        4,676        (6,891

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (4,210     2,695       6,110        153       (4,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (8,263     1,976        6,359        4,523        (2,699

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (83     (44 )     (741     (95 )     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (8,346   $ 1,932      $ 5,618      $ 4,428      $ (2,736
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share data:

          

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ (0.35   $ 0.08      $ 0.26      $ 0.18      $ (0.11

Loss per share from discontinued operations

     —          —          (0.03     —          —     

Net earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.35   $ 0.08     $ 0.23      $ 0.18     $ (0.11

Diluted earnings (loss) per share data:

          

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ (0.35   $ 0.08     $ 0.26      $ 0.18     $ (0.11

Loss per share from discontinued operations

     —          —          (0.03     —          —     

Net earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.35   $ 0.08      $ 0.23      $ 0.18      $ (0.11

Dividends per share

   $ —        $ 0.20      $ —        $ 0.14      $ 0.21   

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     23,803,864        24,086,829       24,475,102        24,577,605       24,938,075   

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     23,803,864        24,653,465        24,683,644        24,986,966        24,938,075   

 

39


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (CONTINUED).

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,945      $ 828      $ 67      $ 380      $ 65   

Broadcast licenses

     375,317        378,362        371,420        373,720        381,836   

Other intangible assets, net including goodwill

     22,484        25,122        28,522        33,009        32,035   

Total assets

     579,045        574,486       561,310        562,181       575,113   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     314,047        304,527        274,803        268,980        290,793   

Stockholders’ equity

     197,199        196,404       203,048        206,069       201,785   

Cash flows related to:

          

Operating activities

   $ 39,468      $ 22,817     $ 31,757      $ 31,077     $ 28,735   

Investing activities

     (2,851     (13,777     (4,511     (19,066     (17,737

Financing activities

     29,481        (16,150 )     (28,126     (11,697 )     (11,276

Other Data:

          

Station operating income (1)

   $ 63,949      $ 64,512     $ 63,249      $ 62,408     $ 60,835   

Station operating income margin (2)

     37.2     36.9     35.4     34.1     33.1

 

(1) We define station operating income as net broadcast revenue less broadcast operating expenses.
(2) Station operating income margin is station operating income as a percentage of net broadcast revenue.

Station operating income (“SOI”) is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Therefore, SOI should be viewed as a supplement to and not a substitute for results of operations presented on the basis of GAAP. Management believes that station operating income is useful, when considered in conjunction with operating income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, because it is generally recognized by the radio broadcasting industry as a tool in measuring performance and in applying valuation methodologies for companies in the media, entertainment and communications industries. This measure is used by investors and by analysts who report on the industry to provide comparisons between broadcast groups. Additionally, we use SOI as one of our key measures of operating efficiency and contribution to profitability. Station operating income does not purport to represent cash provided by operating activities. Our statement of cash flows presents our cash flow activity and our income statement presents our historical performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our SOI is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies.

RECONCILIATION OF STATION OPERATING INCOME TO NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Station operating income

   $ 63,949      $ 64,512     $ 63,249      $ 62,408      $ 60,835   

Plus Internet and e-commerce revenue

     16,232        20,104        27,304        33,474        40,906   

Plus publishing revenue

     10,926        11,421        12,131        12,525        12,331   

Less Internet operating expenses

     (13,361     (16,722 )     (20,889     (25,145 )     (28,378

Less publishing operating expenses

     (10,237     (11,226 )     (11,475     (12,288 )     (13,289

Less corporate expenses

     (14,005     (16,613 )     (17,503     (18,892 )     (21,430

Less depreciation and amortization

     (15,120     (14,588     (14,971     (14,647     (15,262

Less cost of denied tower site, abandoned projects and terminated transactions

     (1,111     —          —          —          —     

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     (27,409     —          —          (88     (1,006

Impairment of goodwill

     (587     —          —          —          (438

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          —          —          (6,808     —     

Less gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets

     (1,676     (255 )     4,153        (49 )     264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

   $ 7,601      $ 36,633     $ 41,999      $ 30,490     $ 34,533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus interest income

     290        183        344        106        68   

Less interest expense

     (20,079     (30,297     (27,665     (24,911     (16,892

Less change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     (781     —          —          —          3,177   

Plus gain on bargain purchase

     1,634        —          —          —          —     

Less loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (1,050     (1,832     (2,169     (1,088     (27,795

Less net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     (88     (16     (40     79        18   

Less provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     4,210        (2,695     (6,110     (153     4,192   

Less loss from discontinued operations

     (83     (44     (741     (95     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (8,346   $ 1,932      $ 5,618      $ 4,428      $ (2,736
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

GENERAL

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. Our consolidated financial statements are not directly comparable from period to period due to acquisitions and dispositions of selected radio station assets and Internet and publishing businesses. Refer to Note 3 of our consolidated financial statements under Item 8 of this annual report for details of each of these transactions.

Salem is a domestic multi-media company with integrated business operations covering radio broadcasting, publishing and the Internet. Our programming is intended for audiences interested in Christian and conservative opinion content. We maintain a website at www.salem.cc. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Any information found on our website is not a part of or incorporated by reference into, this or any other report of the company filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

OVERVIEW

Our radio-broadcasting segment derives revenue primarily from the sale of broadcast time and radio advertising on a national and local basis.

Our principal sources of broadcast revenue include:

 

   

the sale of block program time, both to national and local program producers;

 

   

the sale of advertising time on our radio stations, both to national and local advertisers;

 

   

the sale of advertising time on our national radio network; and

 

   

revenue derived from radio station sponsored events.

The rates we are able to charge for broadcast time and advertising time are dependent upon several factors, including:

 

   

audience share;

 

   

how well our stations perform for our clients;

 

   

the size of the market;

 

   

the general economic conditions in each market; and

 

   

supply and demand on both a local and national level.

Our principal sources of Internet and e-commerce revenue include:

 

   

the sale of Internet advertising;

 

   

the support and promotion to stream third-party content on our websites;

 

   

product sales and royalties for on-air host materials; and

 

   

video and graphic downloads.

Our principal sources of publishing revenue include:

 

   

subscription fees for our magazines;

 

   

the sale of print magazine advertising;

 

   

fees from authors for book publishing; and

 

   

the sale of books.

Broadcast Segment

Our foundational business is the ownership and operation of radio stations in large metropolitan markets. Our broadcasting business also includes Salem Radio Network® (“SRN”), SRN News Network (“SNN”), Salem Music Network (“SMN”), Solid Gospel Network (“SGN”), Salem Media Representatives (“SMR”) and Vista Media Representatives (“VMR”). SRN, SNN, SMN and SGN are networks that produce and distribute programming, such as talk, news and music segments to radio stations throughout the United States, including Salem owned and operated stations. SMR and VMR sell commercial airtime to national advertisers on radio stations and networks that we own, as well as on independent radio station affiliates.

 

41


Table of Contents

Broadcast revenues are impacted by the program rates our radio stations charge, the level of broadcast airtime sold and by the advertising rates our radio stations and networks charge. The rates for block programming time are based upon our stations’ ability to attract audiences that will support the program producers through contributions and purchases of their products. Advertising rates are based upon the demand for advertising time, which in turn is based on our stations and networks’ ability to produce results for their advertisers. We do not subscribe to traditional audience measuring services for most of our radio stations. Instead, we have marketed ourselves to advertisers based upon the responsiveness of our audiences. In selected markets, we subscribe to Nielsen Audio, which develops quarterly reports to measure a radio station’s audience share in the demographic groups targeted by advertisers. Each of our radio stations and our networks has a pre-determined level of time that they make available for block programming and/or advertising, which may vary at different times of the day.

Nielsen Audio has developed technology to collect data for its ratings service. The PPM is a small device that does not require active manipulation by the end user and is capable of automatically measuring radio, television, Internet, satellite radio and satellite television signals that are encoded for the service by the broadcaster. The PPM offers a number of advantages over the traditional diary ratings collection system including ease of use, more reliable ratings data and shorter time periods between when advertising runs and when audience listening or viewing habits can be reported. This service is already in a number of our markets and is scheduled to be introduced in more markets in the future. In markets where we subscribe to Nielsen Audio under the PPM, our ratings have been less consistent. PPM data can fluctuate when changes are made to the “panel” (a group of individuals holding PPM devices). This makes all stations susceptible to some inconsistencies in ratings that may or may not accurately reflect the actual number of listeners at any given time.

As is typical in the radio broadcasting industry, our second and fourth quarter advertising revenue generally exceeds our first and third quarter advertising revenue. This seasonal fluctuation in advertising revenue corresponds with quarterly fluctuations in the retail advertising industry. Additionally, we experience increased demand for advertising during election years by way of political advertisements. Quarterly revenue from the sale of block programming time does not tend to vary significantly because program rates are generally set annually and are recognized on a per program basis. We currently program 40 of our stations with our Christian Teaching and Talk format, which is talk programming with Christian and family themes. We also program 27 News Talk stations, 12 Contemporary Christian Music stations, 10 Business format stations, and eight Spanish-language Christian Teaching and Talk stations. The business format features financial experts, business talk, and nationally recognized Bloomberg programming. The business format operates similar to our Christian Teaching and Talk format as it features long-form block programming.

Our cash flow is historically affected by a transitional period experienced by radio stations when, due to the nature of the radio station, our plans for the market and other circumstances, we find it beneficial to change its format. This transitional period is when we develop a radio station’s listener and customer base. During this period, a station may generate negative or insignificant cash flow.

In the broadcasting industry, radio stations often utilize trade or barter agreements to exchange advertising time for goods or services in lieu of cash. In order to preserve the sale of our advertising time for cash, we generally enter into trade agreements only if the goods or services bartered to us will be used in our business. We have minimized our use of trade agreements and have generally sold most of our advertising time for cash. In 2013 and 2012, we sold 97 %, respectively, of our broadcast revenue for cash. Our general policy is not to preempt advertising paid for in cash with advertising paid for in trade.

The primary operating expenses incurred in the ownership and operation of our radio stations include: (i) employee salaries, commissions and related employee benefits and taxes, (ii) facility expenses such as rent and utilities, (iii) marketing and promotional expenses, (iv) production and programming expenses, and (v) music license fees. In addition to these expenses, our network incurs programming costs and lease expenses for satellite communication facilities. We also incur and expect to continue to incur significant depreciation, amortization and interest expense as a result of completed and future acquisitions and existing and future borrowings.

Internet & e-commerce Segment

Internet and e-commerce have been significant growth areas for Salem and continue to be a focus for future development. Salem Web Network™ (“SWN”), our Internet businesses, provides Christian and conservative-themed content, audio and video streaming, and other resources on the web. SWN’s Internet portals include Christian content websites: OnePlace.com, Christianity.com, Crosswalk.com, GodVine.com, Jesus.org and Bible Study Tools.com. Our conservative opinion websites include Townhall.com™ and HotAir.com. We also offer church product websites including WorshipHouseMedia.com, SermonSpice.com, and ChurchStaffing.com. SWN’s content is accessible through all of our radio station websites that feature content of interest to local listeners throughout the United States. In addition to operating our

 

42


Table of Contents

radio station websites, SWN operates Salem Consumer Products, a website offering books, DVD’s and editorial content developed by many of our on-air personalities that are available for purchase. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as Internet and e-commerce revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

SWN earns revenues from the sales of streaming services, sales of advertising, sales of videos and, to a lesser extent, sales of software, software support contracts and consumer products such as DVD’s and editorial products. The revenues of these businesses are reported as Internet and e-commerce revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On January 10, 2014, we acquired the assets of Eagle Publishing, including HumanEvents.com, Redstate.com and Eagle Wellness. We began operating these entities as of the closing date. Human Events and RedState are conservative opinion websites that provide news and commentary on issues of interest to the conservative community. Eagle Wellness provides practical complementary health advice and is a trusted source for nutritional supplements from one of the country’s leading complementary health physicians. Supplements are available for consumer purchase online through our website.

The primary operating expenses incurred in the ownership and operation of our Internet businesses include: (i) employee salaries, commissions and related employee benefits and taxes, (ii) facility expenses such as rent and utilities, (iii) marketing and promotional expenses, (iv) royalties, and (v) streaming costs. Beginning in 2014, our operating costs will also include cost of goods sold associated with Eagle Wellness products.

Publishing Segment

Salem Publishing™, our publishing business, produces and distributes Christian and conservative opinion print magazines. Salem Publishing also includes Xulon Press™, a print-on-demand self-publishing service for Christian authors. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as publishing revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Salem Publishing™, earns revenues from advertising in and subscriptions to our magazine publications and from book sales. Xulon Press™ generally earns its revenue from fees paid by authors in association with the publishing, editing and marketing of their books. The revenues of these businesses are reported as publishing on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On January 10, 2014, we acquired the assets of Eagle Publishing, including Regnery Publishing and Eagle Financial Publications. Regnery Publishing is a publisher of conservative books that was founded in 1947. Regnery has published dozens of bestselling books by leading conservative authors and personalities, including Ann Coulter, Newt Gingrich, Michelle Malkin, David Limbaugh, Laura Ingraham, Mark Steyn and Dinesh D’Souza. Book publishing revenue and cash flows are typically higher in the second and fourth quarter of each year when big titles are released.

The primary operating expenses incurred by Salem Publishing™ include: (i) employee salaries, commissions and related employee benefits and taxes, (ii) facility expenses such as rent and utilities, (iii) marketing and promotional expenses and (iv) printing and production costs, including paper costs. Beginning in 2014, our operating costs will also include cost of goods sold and inventory reserves associated with Regnery Publishing.

KNOWN TRENDS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Although radio advertising revenues have stabilized following declines that began in 2008, revenue growth remains challenged. Revenues associated with our print magazines are also challenged, not only for adverstising, but for subscriber revenues. Because Internet and e-commerce are concentrated growth areas for us, decreases in revenues in these areas could affect our operating results, financial condition and results of operations. We continue to explore opportunities in which digital media, including our Internet sites and mobile applications, and our print media, for books and magazines are used to simultaneously cross-promote our content and brand.

KEY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE INDICATORS – SAME STATION DEFINITION

In the discussion of our results of operations below, we compare our results between periods on an as-reported basis (that is, the results of operations of all radio stations and network formats owned or operated at any time during either period) and on a “same-station” basis. With regard to fiscal quarters, we include in our same-station comparisons the results of operations of radio stations or radio station clusters and networks that we own or operate in the same format during the quarter, as well as the corresponding quarter of the prior year. Same-station results for a full year are calculated as the sum of the same station-results for each of the four quarters of that year.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012

The following factors affected our results of operations and our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the prior year:

Financing

 

   

On March 14, 2013, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility, consisting of the Term Loan B (“Term Loan B”) of $300.0 million and the Revolver (“Revolver”) of $25.0 million. We used the proceeds of the new facility to tender for and redeem our Terminated 95/8% Notes, retire all other outstanding corporate debt, and pay related fees.

 

43


Table of Contents
   

On March 14, 2013, we tendered for $212.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes in the Tender Offer. We paid $22.7 million for this repurchase resulting in a $26.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt.

 

   

On June 3, 2013, we redeemed the remaining $0.9 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes that were outstanding after the Tender Offer.

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repaid $8.8 million in principal on our Term Loan B. Our repayments consisted of $0.8 million on December 30, 2013, $4.0 million on September 30, 1013 and $4.0 million on June 28, 2013. We recorded a $33,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount associated with these repayments.

 

   

On September 30, 2013, we repaid $2.0 million in principal on the seller-financed note due April 2014 related to our acquisition of WGTK-FM, in Greenville, South Carolina, on February 5, 2013.

 

   

On March 27, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with Wells Fargo Bank that will begin on March 28, 2014, with a notional principal amount of $150.0 million to offset risks associated with the variable interest rate on our current senior secured credit facility.

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid quarterly distributions of $5.2 million in total compared to $3.4 million in total in the prior year.

Acquisitions

 

   

On December 10, 2013, we acquired the Twitchy.com website for $0.9 million paid in cash upon close of the transaction and up to $1.2 million in contingent earn-out consideration payable based on the achievement of future page view targets. The fair value of the earn-out consideration based on a weighted average probability of payment was $0.6 million.

 

   

On December 9, 2013, we acquired the EverythingInspirational.com domain name along with fourteen Facebook pages and various other Christian-themed social media intangible assets for $0.4 million in cash. We paid $0.1 million in cash upon closing and will pay the remaining $0.3 million in cash over three installments within 180 days from the closing date.

 

   

On September 23, 2013, we entered into an APA to acquire radio stations KDIS-FM, Little Rock, Arkansas and KRDY-AM, San Antonio, Texas for $2.5 million in cash, including $0.5 million related to the KRDY-AM tower site land in San Antonio, Texas. On December 20, 2013, we closed on the land purchase for $0.5 million in cash. The radio station acquisitions closed on February 7, 2014.

 

   

On September 11, 2013, we acquired the GodUpdates domain for $0.3 million in cash.

 

   

On August 10, 2013, we acquired Christnotes.org for $0.5 million in cash.

 

   

On February 15, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WTOH-FM (formerly WJKR-FM), Columbus, Ohio, for $4.0 million in cash.

 

   

On February 5, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WGTK-FM (formerly WMUU-FM), Greenville, South Carolina, for $5.4 million, consisting of $1.0 million in cash, a $2.0 million note payable in April 2014, and a $3.0 million advertising credit. We paid the $2.0 million note, including accrued interest of $8,500 in September 2013.

Net Broadcast Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $     Change
%
    2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Net Broadcast Revenue

   $ 183,180      $ 183,697       $ 517        0.3 %     79.9 %     77.5

Same Station Net Broadcast Revenue

   $ 183,050       $ 181,867       $ (1,183     (0.6 )%     

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table shows the dollar amount and percentage of net broadcast revenue for each broadcast revenue source.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Block program time:

          

National

   $ 43,468         23.7   $ 44,486         24.2

Local

     32,321         17.7        32,608         17.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     75,789         41.4        77,094         42.0   

Advertising:

          

National

     14,200         7.8        13,840         7.5   

Local

     63,233         34.5        63,007         34.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     77,433         42.3        76,847         41.8   

Infomercials

     6,112         3.3        4,970         2.7   

Network

     16,083         8.8        15,364         8.4   

Other

     7,763         4.2        9,422         5.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net broadcast revenue

   $ 183,180         100.0   $ 183,697         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Block programming revenue increased $1.3 million, of which $1.2 million was generated from national programming revenue on our Christian, Teaching and Talk format radio stations. The increase is primarily due to an increase in the number of programmers featured on-air and secondarily due to rate increases for premium time slots.

Advertising revenues for 2013 were impacted by political revenues, which were $0.4 million in 2013 compared to $2.3 million in 2012. Excluding the impact of political, advertising revenues increased by $1.3 million, primarily from national spot sales on our Contemporary Christian Music format radio stations. Rates charged in these formats are ratings-sensitive.

The decline in infomercial revenues of $1.1 million reflects our ongoing effort to rebrand our stations. We continue to promote our stations through various local events and speaking engagements. Our rebranding efforts away from infomercials are to focus on offering our listeners programming and content that is consistent with our company values.

The decline in network revenue reflects the impact of political revenues, of which $0.6 million was recognized in 2013 compared to $2.0 million in 2012. Excluding political revenues, the $0.7 million increase in network revenue reflects the increase in compensation received for network programs in select markets and increased distribution of SRN programming.

Other revenue includes a $1.3 million increase in listener purchase program revenue, a popular on-air promotion that offers our listeners access to special discounts and incentives from local advertisers, and a $0.2 million increase in rental revenue generated from radio tower subleases.

On a same-station basis, net broadcast revenue was impacted by the decline in political advertising with $1.0 million recognized in 2013 in local & national advertising and network revenue compared to $4.3 million in 2012.

Internet and e-commerce Revenue

 

     Year Ended December31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Internet and e-commerce Revenue

   $ 33,474      $ 40,906       $ 7,432         22.2     14.6     17.3

Internet and E-Commerce revenue increased by $8.7 million as of 2013 when excluding political revenue of $1.2 million recognized in 2012. We continue to acquire or build websites that drive viewers to our content. During 2013, we acquired Christnotes.org and GodUpdates.org, as well as recognized a full year of revenue from 2012 acquisitions of Godvine.com and SermonSpice.com. Internet revenue growth reflects a higher demand for digital advertisements, including web banners and e-mail sponsorships. Advertising revenue, including those on our station branded websites, increased $5.7 million based on higher sales volume while video and graphic downloads increased $1.7 million based on an increase in the number of downloads.

Publishing Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Publishing Revenue

   $ 12,525      $ 12,331       $ (194     (1.5 )%      5.5 %     5.2

 

45


Table of Contents

Publishing revenues include a $0.4 million reduction in subscription revenue with our print magazines as a result of a lower number of subscribers partially offset by higher book sales volume on Xulon Press.

Broadcast Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Broadcast Operating Expenses

   $ 120,772      $ 122,862      $ 2,090         1.7 %     52.7     51.9

Same Station Broadcast Operating Expenses

   $ 120,524       $ 120,970       $ 446         0.4    

Higher broadcast operating expenses reflect a $1.8 million increase in personnel related costs including commissions, a $0.5 million increase in promotional and event expenses, a $0.3 million increase in facility related expenses due to the addition of the Greenville, South Carolina market and rent escalations based on changes in the Consumer Price Index, a $0.3 million increase in bad debt expense associated with higher revenues, and a $0.1 million increase in production and programming expenses, offset by a $0.8 million decrease in advertising expenses and a $0.1 million decrease in travel and entertainment expenses. The increase in broadcast operating expenses on a same-station basis reflects these items net of the impact of start-up costs associated with format changes and station launches.

Internet Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Internet Operating Expenses

   $ 25,145      $ 28,378      $ 3,233         12.9     11.0 %     12.0

Internet operating expenses reflect higher variable expenses associated with higher revenues, including a $1.4 million increase in personnel related costs that includes commissions, a $0.9 million increase in royalties, a $0.6 million increase in streaming and hosting expense, a $0.1 million increase in bad debt expense associated with higher revenues and a $0.1 million increase in professional services, partially offset by a $0.3 million decline in discretionary advertising expenses. The decline in discretionary advertising expenses is due to the nature and timing of various campaigns and events. We intend to continue investing in our brands through strategic advertising.

Publishing Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Publishing Operating Expenses

   $ 12,288      $ 13,289       $ 1,001         8.1     5.4     5.6

Publishing operating expenses reflect a $0.5 million increase in personnel related costs including commissions associated with higher revenues from Xulon Press and a $0.5 million increase in bad debt expense, also associated with higher revenues from Xulon Press.

Corporate Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Corporate Expenses

   $ 18,892       $ 21,430       $ 2,538         13.4     8.2 %     9.0

Corporate expenses include shared general and administrative services. The increase over the same period of the prior year reflects a $0.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense based on restricted share awards granted in 2013 that vested immediately, a $1.0 million increase in personnel related costs, a $0.4 million increase in travel and entertainment expense, a $0.2 million increase in facility related costs, a $0.2 million increase in computer software and maintenance, a $0.1 million increase in acquisition related costs and legal fees, a $0.1 million increase in professional related services and a $0.1 million increase in repair and maintenance expenses.

Depreciation Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Depreciation Expense

   $ 12,343       $ 12,448      $ 105         0.9     5.4 %     5.3

Depreciation expense increased slightly due to acquisition activity during 2013.

 

46


Table of Contents

Amortization Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Amortization Expense

   $ 2,304       $ 2,814      $ 510         22.1     1.0 %     1.2

Amortization expense increased due to the intangible assets recognized in the latter part of 2012 from our purchases of Godvine.com, SermonSpice.com and Churchangel.com. The intangible assets include advertising agreements, customer lists and domain names with useful lives that range between one and five years.

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

   $ 88      $ 1,006      $ 918         1,043.2     %     0.4

Due to actual operating results that did not meet or exceed the expectations and assumptions used in our prior estimates of fair value, we performed an interim valuation of our mastheads as of June 30, 2013. Based on our reductions in projected revenue growth and an increase in the discount rate from 8.5% to 9.0%, we determined that the carrying value of the mastheads were less than their estimated fair value. We recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million associated with the mastheads. During our annual testing, we recorded an additional $0.7 million impairment charge based on further reductions in the projected revenue growth and an increase in the discount rate from 9.0% to 9.5%. These impairments were driven by declines in revenue associated with our print magazines and are a trend in the industry as a whole that is not unique to our operations.

Impairment of goodwill

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Impairment of goodwill

   $ —        $ 438      $ 438         100.0     %     0.2

Based on the impairments recognized to the value of our mastheads, we could not conclude that it was more likely than not that goodwill associated with our magazine publishing unit was not impaired. We obtained an independent fair value of our magazine publishing unit as a whole as of June 2013. Based on this valuation, we determined that the carrying value of the goodwill was less than the implied value of goodwill as of that date and we recorded an impairment charge of $0.4 million. Based on the subsequent impairment of the fair value of mastheads, the carrying value of goodwill associated with our magazine publishing unit was not at risk of impairment as of our annual testing period. There were no indications of impairment present during the period ending December 31, 2013.

Impairment of long-lived Assets

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013      Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Impairment of long-lived Assets

   $ 6,808      $       $ (6,808     (100.0 )%      3.0 %    

During June 2012, based on changes in managements’ planned usage, land in Covina, CA was classified as held for sale and evaluated for impairment as of that date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance for impairment of long-lived assets held for sale, we determined the carrying value of the land exceeded the estimated fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an impairment charge of $5.6 million associated with this land based on the estimated sale price. In December 2012, after several purchase offers for the land were terminated, we obtained an independent third party valuation for the land. Based on this independent fair value appraisal, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment charge associated with the land. There were no indications of impairment present during the period ending December 31, 2013 and it is our intent to continue to pursue the sale of this land.

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013     Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

   $ 49      $ (264 )   $ (313     (638.8 )%      %     (0.1 )

 

47


Table of Contents

The net gain on the sale or disposal of assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a $0.4 million pre-tax gain on the partial sale of land in our Cleveland market and $0.1 million of insurance proceeds for damages at one of our stations offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals. The net loss on disposal of assets for the same period of the prior year, includes a $0.2 million pre-tax gain on the sale of WBZS-AM in Pawtucket, Rhode Island and a $0.6 million gain from insurance proceeds for repairs of storm damage in our New York market, partially offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals including an additional loss associated with the write-off of a receivable from a prior station sale.

Other income (expense)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Interest Income

   $ 106      $ 68      $ (38     (35.8 )%         

Interest Expense

     (24,911     (16,892     8,019        (32.2 )%      (10.9 )%      (7.1 )

Change in the fair value of interest rate swaps

     —          3,177        3,177        100.0         1.3

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (1,088     (27,795     (26,707     2,454.7     (0.5 )%      (11.7 )

Net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     79        18        (61     (77.2 )%         

Interest income represents earnings on excess cash. Interest expense reflects a decrease of $8.0 million due to the lower cost of capital under our Term Loan B as compared to our Terminated 95/ 8% Notes which were primarily repurchased in March 2013 in the Tender Offer. The change in the fair value of interest rate swaps reflect the mark-to-market fair value adjustment of the interest rate swap agreement that we entered into on March 28, 2013.

The loss on early retirement of long-term debt for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes the unamortized discount associated with the two $4.0 million repayments of our Term Loan B, $26.9 million from the repurchase and redemption of $212.6 million of the then outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes, and $0.9 million associated with the termination of our then existing credit facilities in conjunction with the Term Loan B and Revolver entered into on March 14, 2013. Loss on early retirement of debt of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 represents the redemptions at a price equal to 103% of the face value and open market repurchases in each period of principal amounts of the Terminated 95/8% Notes.

Net miscellaneous income and expenses relates to royalty income from our real estate properties.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013     Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)          % of Total Net Revenue   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ 153      $ (4,192 )   $ (4,345     (2,839.9 )%      0.1 %     (1.8 )

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” our benefit from income taxes was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a tax provision of $0.2 million for the same period of the prior year. Provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before income taxes (that is, the effective tax rate) was 60.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 3.3% for the same period of the prior year. The effective tax rate for each period differs from the federal statutory income rate of 35.0% due to the effect of state income taxes, certain expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes, and changes in the valuation allowance from the utilization of certain state net operating loss carryforwards.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013     Change $      Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (95   $ (37 )    $ 58         (61.1 )%      %    

The loss from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 reflect expenses associated with facilities previously occupied by Samaritan Fundraising, which ceased operations in December 2011.

 

48


Table of Contents

Net Income (loss)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013     Change $     Change %     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Net Income (loss)

   $ 4,428      $ (2,736 )   $ (7,164     (161.8 )%      1.9 %     (1.2 )

The decrease in net income reflects the increase of a $26.7 million loss on early retirement of long-term debt and a $3.7 million increase in operating expenses offset by the favorable impact of a $7.7 million increase in total revenue, a $8.0 million decrease in interest expense, a $3.2 million benefit from the change in the fair value of our interest rate swap and a $4.4 million decrease in income tax expense.

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011

The following factors affected our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year:

Financing

 

   

On December 12, 2012, we redeemed $4.0 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for $4.1 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.2 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $17,000 of unamortized discount and $0.1 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

 

   

On June 1, 2012, we redeemed $17.5 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for $18.0 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $80,000 of unamortized discount and $0.3 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

 

   

On May 21, 2012, we entered into a Business Loan Agreement, Promissory Note and related loan documents with First California Bank (the “FCB Loan”). The FCB Loan was an unsecured, $10.0 million fixed-term loan with a maturity date of June 15, 2014. At December 31, 2012, $7.5 million was outstanding on the FCB Loan.

 

   

On May 21, 2012, we entered into an additional subordinated line of credit with Roland S. Hinz, a Salem board member. Mr. Hinz committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6.0 million. On September 12, 2012, we amended and restated the original subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz to increase the unsecured revolving line of credit by $6.0 million for a total line of credit of up to $12.0 million. At December 31, 2012, $15.0 million was outstanding on all of our Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties, including amounts due Mr. Epperson.

 

   

On March 7, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized and declared a quarterly dividend in the amount of $0.035 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. Common stock dividends of $0.9 million, or $0.035 per share, were paid on March 30, 2012, June 29, 2012, September 28, 2012 and December 28, 2012, respectively to all common stockholders of record.

Acquisitions

 

   

On October 1, 2012, we completed the acquisition of Godvine.com for $4.2 million. Godvine.com is a Christian video website and media platform that increases our online presence and offers significant exposure on Facebook with now over 3.3 million Facebook fans. We believe that the addition of Godvine.com makes SWN the largest online destination for Christian content with an average of 5.8 million unique visits per month.

 

   

On August 31, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station WLCC-AM, Tampa, Florida, for $1.2 million. We began operating the station as of the closing date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date.

 

   

On August 30, 2012, we acquired SermonSpice.com for $3.0 million. SermonSpice.com is an online provider of church media for local churches and ministries. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $1.2 million representing the excess value of the business attributable to the organizational systems and procedures already in place to ensure effective operations of the business.

 

49


Table of Contents
   

On May 15, 2012, we purchased Churchangel.com and rchurch.com for $0.2 million. These Internet sites are operated under SWN to enhance and build our relationships with local churches and pastors.

 

   

On April 10, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station WKDL-AM in Warrenton, Virginia for $30,000. We began operating the station as of the closing date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date.

 

   

On January 13, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station KTNO-AM, Dallas, Texas, for $2.2 million. We began programming the station pursuant to a time brokerage agreement (“TBA”) with the previous owner on November 1, 2011. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the TBA date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect the net assets of this entity as of the closing date.

Dispositions

 

   

On March 16, 2012, we completed the sale of radio station WBZS-AM in Pawtucket, Rhode Island for $0.8 million in cash. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $0.2 million. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity through the date of the sale.

Net Broadcasting Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Net Broadcast Revenue

   $ 178,731      $ 183,180      $ 4,449        2.5 %     81.9 %     79.9

Same Station Net Broadcast Revenue

   $ 178,025       $ 182,106       $ 4,081         2.3    

The following table shows the dollar amount and percentage of net broadcast revenue for each broadcast revenue source.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Block program time:

          

National

   $ 42,812         24.0   $ 43,468         23.7

Local

     31,227         17.5        32,321         17.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     74,039         41.5        75,789         41.4   

Advertising:

          

National

     13,426         7.5        14,200         7.8   

Local

     63,446         35.5        63,233         34.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76,872         43.0        77,433         42.3   

Infomercials

     6,303         3.5        6,112         3.3   

Network

     14,699         8.2        16,083         8.8   

Other

     6,818         3.8        7,763         4.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net broadcast revenue

   $ 178,731         100.0   $ 183,180         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Block programming revenue increased $1.8 million, of which $2.0 million was generated by our national programming revenue on our Christian, Teaching and Talk format radio stations due primarily to an increase in the number of programmers featured on-air during the year and secondarily to rate increases.

Advertising revenues were favorably impacted by political revenues recognized in 2012 of $2.3 million compared to$0.2 million in 2011. Excluding political revenue, advertising revenues decreased by $1.5 million, primarily from national spot sales on our Contemporary Christian Music format radio stations. Advertising rates charged for these radio station formats are ratings-sensitive.

The decline in infomercial revenues of $0.2 million reflects our ongoing effort to rebrand our stations. We continue to promote our stations through various local events and speaking engagements. Our rebranding efforts away from infomercials are focused on offering our listeners programming and content consistent with our company values.

 

50


Table of Contents

The increase in network revenue reflects the favorable impact of political revenues, of which $2.0 million was recognized in 2012 compared to $0.7 million in 2011. Excluding political revenues, the $0.7 million decrease in network revenue reflects lower program distribution given the demand for political advertisements.

Other revenue included a $0.5 million increase in event revenue and a $0.4 million dollar increase in listener purchase program revenue, a popular on-air promotion that offers our listeners access to special discounts and incentives from local advertisers.

On a same-station basis, political revenues associated with the elections in 2012 also favorably impacted broadcast revenues.

Internet and e-commerce Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Internet and e-commerce Revenue

   $ 27,304      $ 33,474      $ 6,170         22.6     12.5  %     14.6

Increases in Internet revenue reflected improving overall economic conditions, a higher demand for Internet advertisements, and growth from our Internet acquisitions that typically generate revenues across all of our web-based platforms. Banner advertisements and e-mail sponsorships, including banners on our radio station branded websites, increased $4.5 million, including $0.9 million of political revenue, due primarily to higher demand for placement from advertisers and secondarily to rate increases. Video and graphic downloads increased $1.6 million over the prior year due to higher volumes.

Publishing Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Publishing Revenue

   $ 12,131      $ 12,525      $ 394         3.2      5.6 %     5.5

Publishing revenue increased due to higher submission fees and book sales from Xulon Press partially offset by declines in subscription revenues from our print magazines. Our print magazines, and the print magazine industry as a whole, have continued to experience declines in the number of subscribers.

Broadcast Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Broadcast Operating Expenses

   $ 115,482      $ 120,772      $ 5,290        4.6 %     52.9 %     52.7

Same Station Broadcast Operating Expenses

   $ 114,930       $ 119,745       $ 4,815         4.2    

Broadcast operating expenses increased due to higher variable expenses associated with higher revenues, including a $3.3 million increase in personnel-related costs including commissions and new local talent, a $0.8 million increase in facility related costs, a $0.4 million increase in advertising expenses, a $0.5 million increase in production and programming costs, a $0.1 million increase in LMA fees, and a $0.2 million increase in music license fees partially offset by a reduction in bad debt expense of $0.4 million. The increase in broadcast operating expenses on a same-station basis reflected these items net of the impact of start-up costs associated with format changes and station launches.

Internet Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Internet Operating Expenses

   $ 20,889      $ 25,145      $ 4,256        20.4      9.6 %     11.0

Internet operating expenses increased due to higher variable expenses associated with higher revenues, including a $1.9 million increase in personnel-related costs including commissions, a $0.8 million increase in royalty expense, a $0.7 million increase in advertising expense, a $0.3 million increase in streaming and hosting, a $0.1 million increase in product costs related to SCP, and $0.4 million increase in bad debt expense.

 

51


Table of Contents

Publishing Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Publishing Operating Expenses

   $ 11,475      $ 12,288      $ 813         7.1     5.3 %     5.4

Operating expenses for Xulon Press increased due to higher variable costs associated with revenue growth. These costs included an increase of $0.8 million in personnel-related costs including commissions and a $0.1 million increase in advertising expense. This was offset by a decrease in our publishing printing costs associated with reduced distribution levels of our print magazines.

Corporate Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Corporate Expenses

   $ 17,503      $ 18,892      $ 1,389         7.9     8.0  %     8.2

Corporate expenses include shared general and administrative services. Higher costs include a $0.9 million in personnel-related costs primarily due to strategic new-hires, a $0.3 million increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense and a $0.3 million increase in accounting and public reporting costs partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in repairs and maintenance.

Depreciation Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $     Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Depreciation Expense

   $ 12,520      $ 12,343      $ (177     (1.4 ) %      5.7 %     5.4

Depreciation expense decreased slightly due to approximately $1.4 million of computer software and website development costs acquired in 2008 that were fully depreciated during the prior year offset by a $0.5 million net increase in capital expenditures placed in service during the current year as well as the composite of current year acquisitions. During 2012, we acquired approximately $0.5 million of buildings and towers with longer estimated useful lives of thirty to thirty-five years compared to the prior year in which computer software and website development costs were recorded with useful lives of three years.

Amortization Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $     Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Amortization Expense

   $ 2,451      $ 2,304      $ (147     (6.0 )%      1.1 %     1.0

The decrease in amortization expense reflected the impact of higher amortization recognized during 2011 for intangibles, such as advertising agreements, customer lists and domain names that were acquired during that year and prior years with useful lives ranging from one to five years.

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

   $ —        $ 88      $ 88         100.0     %    

Based on actual operating results that did not meet or exceed the expectations and assumptions used in our prior estimates of fair value, we performed an interim valuation of our mastheads as of June 30, 2012. Based on our reduction of projected revenues, we determined that the carrying value of the mastheads were less than their estimated fair value and we recorded an impairment charge of $0.1 million. The impairment was driven by declines in revenue associated with print magazines, which was indicative of the industry as a whole and not unique to our operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

   $      $ 6,808       $ 6,808         100.0     %     3.0

During June 2012, based on changes in managements’ planned usage, land in Covina, CA was classified as held for sale and evaluated for impairment as of that date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance for impairment of long-lived assets held for sale, we determined the carrying value of the land exceeded the estimated fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an impairment charge of $5.6 million associated with this land based on the estimated sale price. In December 2012, after several purchase offers for the land were terminated, we obtained an independent third party valuation of the land. Based on this independent fair value appraisal, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment charge associated with the land.

(Gain) Loss on the sale or disposal of assets

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011       2012        Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

   $ (4,153 )   $ 49      $ 4,202         (101.2 ) %      (1.9 )%    

The net loss on disposal of assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, included a $0.2 million pre-tax gain on the sale of WBZS-AM in Pawtucket, Rhode Island and a $0.6 million gain from insurance proceeds for repairs of storm damage in our New York market, partially offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals including an additional loss associated with the write-off of a receivable from a prior station sale. The net gain on disposal of assets for the same period of the prior year included a $2.4 million pre-tax gain on the sale of KKMO-AM in Seattle, Washington and a $2.1 million pre-tax gain on the sale of KXMX-AM in Los Angeles, California, partially offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     Change $     Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Interest Income

   $ 344      $ 106      $ (238     (69.2 )%      0.2    

Interest Expense

     (27,665     (24,911 )      2,754        (10.0 )%      (12.7 )%      (10.9 )

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (2,169     (1,088 )      1,081        (49.8 )%      (0.9 )%      (0.5 )

Net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     (40     79        119        (297.5 )%         

Interest income represents earnings on excess cash. The decrease in interest expense is due to the lower principal balance outstanding on the 95/ 8% Notes, partially offset by higher interest on amounts outstanding under our Revolver and subordinated debt. Other income and expense, net relates to royalty income from real estate properties.

Loss on early retirement of debt of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.2 million for the same period of the prior year represents the redemptions at a price equal to 103% of the face value and open market repurchases in each period of principle amounts of the 95/8% Notes.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $     Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ 6,110      $ 153      $ (5,957     (97.5 )%      2.8 %     0.1

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” our provision for income taxes was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to a tax provision of $6.1 million for the same period of the prior year. Provision for income taxes as a percentage of income before income taxes (that is, the effective tax rate) was 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 49.0% for the same period of the prior year. The effective tax rate for each period differed from the federal statutory income rate of 35.0% due to the effect of state income taxes, certain expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes, and changes in the valuation allowance from the utilization of certain state net operating loss carryforwards. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we released a portion of the reserve related to state income taxes

 

53


Table of Contents

for which the statute of limitations has expired. In addition, we have re-evaluated our position related to the reasoning for establishing the reserve and determined that additions to the reserve are no longer applicable. Accordingly, as the statute of limitations expires for each tax year, an additional portion of the reserve will be released.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     Change $      Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)            % of Total Net Revenue  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (741 )   $ (95   $ 646         (87.2 )%      (0.3 )%    

The loss from discontinued operations of $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 reflected expenses associated with facilities previously occupied by Samaritan Fundraising, which ceased operations in December 2011.

Net Income (Loss)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      Change $     Change %     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)           % of Total Net Revenue  

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 5,618      $ 4,428      $ (1,190     (21.2 )%      2.6 %     1.9

Net income decreased $1.2 million from the prior year due to a $6.9 million impairment of long-lived assets, a $5.3 million increase in broadcast operating expenses and a $4.2 million increase in internet operating expenses offset by an $11.0 million increase in net revenues and a $2.8 million reduction in interest expense.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The performance of a radio broadcasting company is customarily measured by the ability of its stations to generate station operating income. We define station operating income (“SOI”) as net broadcast revenue less broadcast operating expenses. Accordingly, changes in net broadcast revenue and broadcast operating expenses, as explained above, have a direct impact on changes in SOI.

SOI is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. SOI should be viewed as a supplement to and not a substitute for our results of operations presented on the basis of GAAP. Management believes that SOI is a useful non-GAAP financial measure to investors, when considered in conjunction with operating income (most directly comparable GAAP financial measure), because it is generally recognized by the radio broadcasting industry as a tool in measuring performance and in applying valuation methodologies for companies in the media, entertainment and communications industries. This measure is used by investors and analysts who report on the industry to provide comparisons between broadcasting groups. Additionally, our management uses SOI as one of the key measures of operating efficiency, profitability and our internal review associated with our impairment analysis of indefinite-lived intangible assets. SOI does not purport to represent cash provided by operating activities. Our statement of cash flows presents our cash flow activity and our income statement presents our historical performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. SOI as defined by and used by our company is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies.

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012

STATION OPERATING INCOME. SOI decreased $1.6 million, or 2.5%, to $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $62.4 million for the same period of the prior year as a result of the changes in net broadcast revenue and broadcast operating expense explained above. As a percentage of net broadcast revenue, SOI decreased to 33.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 34.1% for the same period of the prior year. On a same station basis, SOI decreased $1.6 million, or 2.6%, to $60.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $62.5 million for the same period of the prior year. As a percentage of same station net broadcast revenue, same station SOI decreased to 33.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 34.2% for the same period of the prior year.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of SOI (a non-GAAP financial measure) to net income as presented in our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Station operating income

   $ 62,408      $ 60,835   

Plus Internet and e-commerce revenue

     33,474        40,906   

Plus publishing revenue

     12,525        12,331   

Less Internet operating expenses

     (25,145     (28,378

Less publishing operating expenses

     (12,288     (13,289

Less corporate expenses

     (18,892     (21,430

Less depreciation and amortization

     (14,647     (15,262

Less impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     (88     (1,006

Less impairment of goodwill

     —          (438

Less impairment of long-lived assets

     (6,808     —     

Less gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets

     (49     264   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

   $ 30,490      $ 34,533   

Plus interest income

     106        68   

Less interest expense

     (24,911     (16,892

Less change in fair value of interest rate swaps

     —          3,177   

Less loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (1,088     (27,795

Less net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     79        18   

Less provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (153     4,192   

Less income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (95     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,428      $ (2,736 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011

STATION OPERATING INCOME. SOI decreased $0.8 million, or 1.3%, to $62.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $63.2 million for the same period of the prior year as a result of the changes in net broadcast revenue and broadcast operating expense explained above. As a percentage of net broadcast revenue, SOI decreased to 34.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 35.4% for the same period of the prior year. On a same station basis, SOI decreased $0.7 million, or 1.2%, to $62.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $63.1 million for the same period of the prior year. As a percentage of same station net broadcast revenue, same station SOI decreased to 34.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 35.4% for the same period of the prior year.

The following table provides a reconciliation of SOI (a non-GAAP financial measure) to net income as presented in our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Station operating income

   $ 63,249      $ 62,408   

Plus Internet and e-commerce revenue

     27,304        33,474   

Plus publishing revenue

     12,131        12,525   

Less Internet operating expenses

     (20,889     (25,145

Less publishing operating expenses

     (11,475     (12,288

Less corporate expenses

     (17,503     (18,892

Less depreciation and amortization

     (14,971     (14,647

Less impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     —          (88

Less impairment of long-lived assets

     —          (6,808

Less gain (loss) on the sale or disposal of assets

     4,153        (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income from continuing operations

   $ 41,999      $ 30,490   

Plus interest income

     344        106   

Less interest expense

     (27,665     (24,911

Less loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (2,169     (1,088

Less net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     (40     79   

Less provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (6,110     (153

Less income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (741     (95
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 5,618      $ 4,428   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES, JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to acquisitions and upgrades of radio station and network assets, contingent consideration, revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, goodwill and other non-intangible assets, uncertain tax positions, valuation allowance (deferred taxes), long-term debt and debt covenant compliance, and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following accounting policies and the related judgments and estimates are critical accounting policies that affect the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For a more comprehensive list of our accounting policies, see Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, of the accompanying the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. Note 1 contains several other policies which are important to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, but do not meet the SEC’s definition of critical accounting policies because they do not involve subjective or complex judgments.

Accounting for acquisitions and upgrades of radio station and network assets

A majority of our radio station acquisitions have consisted primarily of the FCC licenses to broadcast in a particular market. We often do not acquire the existing format, or we change the format upon acquisition when we find it beneficial. As a result, a substantial portion of the purchase price for the assets of a radio station is allocated to the broadcast license. It is our policy generally to retain third-party appraisers to value radio stations, networks, Internet businesses or publishing properties. The allocations assigned to acquired broadcast licenses and other assets are subjective by their nature and require our careful consideration and judgment. We believe the allocations represent appropriate estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired. As part of the valuation and appraisal process, the third-party appraisers prepare reports that assign values to the various asset categories in our financial statements. Our management reviews these reports and determines the reasonableness of the assigned values used to record the acquisition of these properties at the close of the transaction.

We undertake projects from time to time to upgrade our radio station technical facilities and/or FCC broadcast licenses. Our policy is to capitalize costs incurred up to the point where the project is complete, at which time we transfer the costs to the appropriate fixed asset and/or intangible asset categories. When the completion of a project is contingent upon FCC or other regulatory approval, we assess the probable future benefit of the asset at the time that it is recorded and monitor it through the FCC or other regulatory approval process. In the event the required approval is not considered probable or the project is abandoned, we write-off the capitalized costs of the project.

Accounting for contingent consideration

Acquisitions may include contingent consideration, the fair value of which is estimated on the acquisition date as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined using weighted probabilities of possible payments. As discussed, future page views are the basis for calculating the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of Twitchy.com in December 2013. The unobservable inputs to the determination of the fair value of the contingent consideration include assumptions as to the ability of the acquired businesses to meet these page view targets and discount rates used in the calculation. Should the actual page views generated by the acquired business increase or decrease as compared to our assumptions, the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations would increase or decrease, up to the contracted limit, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration could cause a material impact and volatility in our operating results.

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognized when pervasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or the service has been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably assured.

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenues from radio programs and commercial advertising are recognized when the program or advertisement is broadcast. Revenue is reported net of agency commissions, which are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing. Our customers principally include not-for-profit charitable organizations and commercial advertisers. Revenue from the sale of products and services are recognized when the products are shipped and the services are rendered. Revenues from the sale of advertising in our magazines are recognized upon publication. Revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our publications is recognized over the life of the subscription. Revenue from book sales is recorded when shipment occurs.

Multiple-Deliverables

We may enter bundled advertising agreements that include spot advertisements on our radio stations, Internet banner placements, print magazine advertisements and booth space at specific events, or some combination thereof. The multiple deliverables contained in each agreement are accounted for separately over their respective delivery period provided that they are separate units of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based on vendor specific objective evidence if available or estimated selling price if vendor specific objective evidence is not available. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for each element when it is sold separately. The estimated selling price is the price that we would transact if the deliverable was sold regularly on a standalone basis. Arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of each arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The relative selling price method allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable’s selling price.

Barter transactions

We may provide advertising time in exchange for certain products, supplies and services. The terms of the exchanges generally permit for the preemption of such broadcast time in favor of advertisers who purchase time on regular terms. We include the value of such exchanges in both net broadcasting revenues and broadcast operating expenses. The value recorded for barter revenues is based upon management’s estimate of the fair value of the products, supplies and services received.

Advertising time that our radio stations exchange for goods and or services is recorded as barter revenue when the advertisement is broadcast at an amount equal to our estimate fair value of what was received. The value of the goods or services received in such barter transactions is charged to expense as used. Barter advertising revenue included in broadcast revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $5.2 million, $5.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively, and barter expenses were approximately the same as barter revenue for each period.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts is evaluated on a monthly basis and is recorded based on our historical collection experience, the age of the receivables, specific customer information and economic conditions. We also review outstanding balances on an account-specific basis. In general, past due receivable balances are not written-off until all of our collection efforts have been unsuccessful, including use of a recovery agency. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the likelihood of ultimate realization of these receivables including the current creditworthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Accounting for discontinued operations

We regularly review underperforming assets to determine if a sale might be a better way to monetize the assets. When a station, group of stations, or other asset groups are considered for sale, we review the transaction to determine if or when the entity qualifies as a discontinued operation in accordance with the criteria of FASB ASC Topic 205-20 “Discontinued Operations.” This pronouncement specifies that the operations and cash flow of the entity disposed of, or to be sold, have or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations as a result of the disposal and that we will not have significant continuing involvement in the operations after the disposal transaction. For our radio stations, we define a cluster as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building, equipment, and managed by a single general manager. The cluster level is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results. General Managers are compensated based on the results of their cluster as a whole, not the results of any individual radio stations. We have determined that a radio market qualifies for a discontinued operation when management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the asset (disposal group), the sale is probable, and the sale will result in the exit of a particular geographic market.

 

57


Table of Contents

During the 4th quarter of 2011, based on operating results that did not meet expectations, we ceased operating Samaritan Fundraising as of December 31, 2011. Samaritan Fundraising, reported in our Internet operations, was a web-based fundraising products company operating from a single facility in Fairfax, VA, under the control of one general manager. As a result of our decision to close operations, there were no material cash flows associated with this entity and we have no ongoing or further involvement in the operations of this entity. We have reported the operating results and net assets of this entity as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets

We account for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” We do not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather test for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired.

Approximately 70% of our total assets as of December 31, 2013, consist of indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as broadcast licenses, goodwill and mastheads, the value of which depends significantly upon the operating results of our businesses. In the case of our radio stations, we would not be able to operate the properties without the related FCC broadcast license for each property. Broadcast licenses are renewed with the FCC every eight years for a nominal cost that is expensed as incurred. We continually monitor our stations’ compliance with the various regulatory requirements. Historically, all of our broadcast licenses are renewed at the end of their respective periods, and we expect that all broadcast licenses will continue to be renewed in the future. Accordingly, we consider our broadcast licenses to be indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” Broadcast licenses account for approximately 94% of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill and magazine mastheads account for the remaining 6%. We do not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather test for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired.

We complete our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each year. We believe that our estimate of the value of our broadcast licenses, mastheads, and goodwill is a critical accounting estimate as the value is significant in relation to our total assets, and our estimates incorporate variables and assumptions that are based on experiences and judgment about future operating performance of our markets and business segments. The fair value measurements for our indefinite-lived intangible assets use significant unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the estimates that market participants would use in measuring fair value including assumptions about risk. The unobservable inputs are defined in FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” as Level 3 inputs discussed in detail in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” Under ASU 2012-02, we have the option to assess whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If it is more likely than not that impairment exists, we are required to perform a quantitative analysis to estimate the fair value of the assets. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgment in considering events and circumstances that may affect the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets and to weigh these events and circumstances by what we believe to be the strongest to weakest indicator of potential impairment. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2012-02 as of our 2012 annual testing period.

ASU 2012-02 provides examples of events and circumstances that could affect the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, the examples are not all-inclusive and are not by themselves indicators of impairment. We considered these events and circumstances, as well as other external and internal considerations. Our analysis, in order of what we consider to be the strongest to weakest indicators of impairment include: (1) the difference between any recent fair value calculations and the carrying value; (2) financial performance, such as station operating income, including performance as compared to projected results used in prior estimates of fair value; (3) macroeconomic economic conditions, including limitations on accessing capital that could affect the discount rates used in prior estimates of fair value; (4) industry and market considerations such as a declines in market-dependent multiples or metrics, a change in demand, competition, or other economic factors; (5) operating cost factors, such as increases in labor, that could have a negative effect on future expected earnings and cash flows; (6) legal, regulatory, contractual, political, business, or other factors; (7) other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management or customers; and (8) any changes to the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset.

 

58


Table of Contents

Broadcast licenses

The unit of accounting we use to test broadcast licenses is the cluster level, which we define as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building and equipment and managed by a single general manager. The cluster level is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results. For our 2012 annual tests, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our market clusters and a qualitative assessment for the twelve market clusters that were more likely than not to have an impairment. Our 2012 fair value estimates were prepared using the start-up income approach to estimate the fair value of the broadcast license. The start-up-income approach measures the expected future economic benefits that the broadcast licenses provide and discounts these future benefits using a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow analysis assumes that the broadcast licenses hypothetical start-up stations and the values yielded by the discounted cash flow analysis represent the portion of the stations value attributable solely to the broadcast license. The discounted cash flow model incorporates variables such as projected revenues, operating profit margins, forecasted growth rates, estimated start-up costs, losses expected to be incurred in the early years, competition within the market, the effective tax rate, future terminal values and the risk-adjusted discount rate. The variables used reflect historical company growth trends, industry projections, and the anticipated performance of the business. The discounted cash flow projection period was determined to be ten years, which is typically the time radio station operators and investors expect to recover their investments as widely used by industry analysts in their forecasts. We did not record an impairment of our broadcast licenses during 2012.

For our 2013 annual tests, we also performed a qualitative assessment for all of our market clusters. We reviewed the significant assumptions applicable to our 2012 fair value estimates to assess if events and circumstances have occurred that could affect the significant inputs used in these fair value estimates. We reviewed each of the key estimates and assumptions and determined that there have been no significant changes that would need to be applied to a hypothetical start-up station in order to estimate the fair value. Projected revenues, operating profit margins, forecasted growth rates, estimated start-up costs, losses expected to be incurred in the early years, competition within the market, the effective tax rate, future terminal values and the risk-adjusted discount rate are consistent with those applied in the 2012 testing period. We also reviewed internal benchmarks and economic performance for each of our markets to conclude that we could reasonably rely upon the 2012 fair value estimates and assumptions as a starting point to our qualitative analysis.

We calculated the amount by which the 2012 estimated fair values exceeded our carrying amounts to calculate the excess of fair value. We concluded that markets with broadcast licenses with a 25% or more excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value were not likely to be impaired. We believe based on our analysis and review, including the financial performance of each market, that a 25% excess fair value margin is conservative and reasonable in the qualitative analysis. We determined that nine of the twelve markets for which a 2012 fair value was obtained were subject to further testing. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which our prior year start-up income estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses:

 

     Geographic Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013
Percentage  Range By Which 2012 Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value
 
     <25%      >26-30%      >30% to 75%      > than 75%  

Number of market clusters

     9         1         2         —     

Broadcast license carrying value (in thousands)

   $ 217,111       $ 18,501       $ 13,577       $ —     

Our qualitative review also included a review of the financial results of each market cluster. Radio station are often sold on the basis of a multiple of projected cash flow, or station operating income less station operating expenses (“SOI”). Numerous trade organizations and analysts review these radio stations sales to track SOI multiples applicable to each transaction. Based on published reports and analysis of transactions, we believe industry benchmarks to be in the six to seven times cash flow range. Based our analysis, we determined that an SOI benchmark of four would be a conservative indicator of fair value. We determined that eight of the remaining markets were subject to further testing. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which our estimated fair value as a multiple of SOI exceeded the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses for these market clusters:

 

     Geographic Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013
Percentage  Range By Which SOI Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value
 
     <5%      >6-10%      >11% to 40%      > than 40%  

Number of market clusters

     8         1         4         8   

Broadcast license carrying value (in thousands)

   $ 51,850       $ 2,402       $ 61,354       $ 21,835   

 

59


Table of Contents

We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal and valuation firm, to perform an appraisal of the indefinite-lived intangible asset(s). Bond & Pecaro utilized an income approach to value broadcast licenses. The income approach measures the expected economic benefits that the broadcast licenses provides and discounts these future benefits using a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow analysis assumes that the broadcast licenses are held by hypothetical start-up stations and the values yielded by the discounted cash flow analysis represent the portion of the stations value attributable solely to the broadcast license. The discounted cash flow model incorporates variables such as projected revenues, operating profit margins, and a discount rate. The variables used reflect historical company growth trends, industry projections, and the anticipated performance of the business. The discounted cash flow projection period was determined to be ten years; which is typically the time radio station operators and investors expect to recover their investments as widely used by industry analysts in their forecasts.

The key estimates and assumptions used in the start-up income valuation for our broadcast licenses were as follows:

 

Broadcast Licenses

   December 31, 2011    December 31, 2012    December 31, 2013

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   3.8% - 36.3%    5.1% - 35.5%    4.1% - 37.5%

Long-term market revenue growth rate ranges

   1.0% - 4.0%    0.3% - 15.0%    1.0% - 2.5%

The table below presents the results of our quantitative analysis for 17 market clusters as of the 2013 annual testing period.

 

Market Cluster

   Excess Fair Value
2013 Estimate
 

Atlanta, GA

     13.6

Boston, MA

     6.9

Chicago, IL

     6.4

Cleveland, OH

     4.6

Colorado Springs, CO

     82.5

Columbus, OH

     6.0

Dallas, TX

     10.9

Detroit, MI

     2.9

Greenville, SC (NEW)

     8.5

Honolulu, HI

     6.3

Los Angeles, CA

     107.4

Louisville, KY

     8.0

Minneapolis, MN

     85.8

Omaha, NE

     1.1

Phoenix, AZ

     17.4

Portland, OR

     6.9

Sacramento, CA

     1.6

Based on our review and analysis we determined that no impairment charges were necessary to the carrying value of our broadcast licenses as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2013. Based on prior tests, we determined that no impairments of our broadcast licenses were necessary for years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Mastheads

Mastheads consist of the graphic elements that identify our publications to readers and advertisers. These include customized typeset page headers, section headers, and column graphics as well as other name and identity stylized elements within the body of each publication. We test the value of mastheads as a single combined publishing entity as our print magazines operate from one shared facility under one general manager with operating results and cash flows reported on a combined basis for all publications. This is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results.

 

60


Table of Contents

We have regularly performed quantitative reviews of mastheads based on the low margin by which our estimated fair values exceed our carrying value and actual operating results that do not meet or exceed our expectations. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal firm, to estimate the fair value of our mastheads using an income-based approach. The income-based approach utilized an estimated royalty stream that measures a cost savings to the business because it does not have to pay a royalty to use the owned trade name and content. The analysis assumes that the assets are employed by a typical market participant in their highest and best use. A discounted cash flow method is applied to calculate the estimated fair value of our mastheads, the key estimates and assumptions to which are as follows:

 

Mastheads

   December 31,
2011
   Interim
June 30, 2012
   December 31,
2012
   Interim
June 30, 2013
   December 31,
2013

Discount rate

   8.5%    8.5%    8.5%    9.0%    9.5%

Projected revenue growth ranges

   1.5% - 2.50%    1.5% - 2.50%    1.5% - 3.0%    1.0% - 2.8%    1.2% - 2.5%

Royalty growth rate

   3.0%    3.0%    3.0%    3.0%    2.0%

As of our June 2012 interim testing period, the estimated fair value of our mastheads exceeded our carrying value by 1.7%. As of our 2012 annual testing, we recorded an impairment charge associated with mastheads of $0.1 million driven by a reduction in projected net revenues. For the interim testing performed as of June 2013, projected revenue growth rates were lowered based on failure of the print magazine segment to achieve the amounts previously projected. Based on these lower actual and projected growth rates. we recorded an impairment of $0.3 million as of June 2013. During our 2013 annual testing, our royalty rate was lowered to 2.0% from the 3.0% industry standard based on gross margins associated with the segment. Additionally, the discount rate was raised from 9.0% to 9.5% based on risks associated with print magazines. We recorded an additional $0.3 million impairment charge associated with mastheads because of these changes. The primary driver of our impairments is the reduction of revenues, which are prevalent throughout the print magazines industry and is not unique to our operations.

Goodwill—Broadcast

We adopted ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” as of our 2012 annual testing period. As a result, beginning in 2012, the first step of our impairment tests for goodwill is a thorough assessment of qualitative factors to determine if events or circumstances indicate that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts. If the qualitative test indicates it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts, a quantitative assessment is not required. The unit of accounting used to test broadcast licenses is the cluster level, which we define as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building and equipment and managed by a single general manager. Eleven of our 32 market clusters and our networks have goodwill associated with them as of our annual testing period ending December 31, 2013 compared to nine of our 31 markets as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2012.

The first step of our review included an assessment to determine if events and circumstances have occurred that could affect the significant inputs used in our fair value estimates. We estimated fair values using a market and income approach and compared the estimated fair value of each market cluster to its carrying value including goodwill. Under the market approach, we applied a multiple of four to each market clusters’ station operating income (“SOI”) to calculate the estimated fair value. As described above, we believe that an SOI benchmark of four would be a conservative indicator of fair value. Under the income approach, we utilized a discounted cash flow method to calculate the estimated fair value of the accounting unit. The discounted cash flow method incorporates the cumulative present value of the net after-tax cash flows projected for each market assuming that it is a hypothetical start-up station. The key estimates and assumptions used in the start-up income valuation of our broadcast market clusters for each testing period are as follows:

 

     December 31,

Goodwill –Broadcast Market Clusters

   2011    2012    2013

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   3.8% - 38.0%    5.1% - 35.5%    4.1% - 37.5%

Long-term market revenue growth rate ranges

   1.0% - 4.0%    0.3% -15.0%    1.0% - 2.5%

If the carrying amount, including goodwill, exceeded the estimated fair value of the market cluster, an indication exists that the amount of goodwill attributed to that market cluster may be impaired. When we have indication of impairment, we perform a second step to determine the amount of any impairment. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal and valuation firm, to determine the enterprise value of four of our market clusters in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The enterprise valuation assumes that the subject assets are installed as part of an operating business rather than as a hypothetical start-up. The key estimates and assumptions used for our enterprise valuations are as follows:

 

Enterprise Valuations

   December 31,
2011 Broadcast
Market Clusters
   December 31,
2012 Broadcast
Market Clusters
   December 31,
2013 Broadcast
Market Clusters

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   6.8% - 45.4%    16.9% - 49.2%    11.9% - 44.7%

Long-term revenue market growth rate ranges

   1.5% - 3.5%    1.0% - 3.5%    1.0% - 2.5%

 

61


Table of Contents

Based on our review and analysis we determined that no impairment charges were necessary to the carrying value of our broadcast goodwill as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2013. Based on prior tests, we determined that no impairments of our broadcast goodwill were necessary for years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The estimated fair value of our networks exceeded the carrying value by 63%, 113.0% and 101.6% for each of the annual testing periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tables below present the percentage within a range by which the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of each of our market clusters, including goodwill:

 

     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013
Percentage  Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill
 
     < 1%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     4         1         3         3  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 28,952       $ 17,978       $ 45,375       $ 45,152  
     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2012
Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill
 
     < 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     2         1         1         5  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 18,836       $ 1,423       $ 10,506       $ 132,645  
     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2011
Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill
 
     < 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     1         2         3         2  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 9,877       $ 17,487       $ 68,506       $ 5,178  

Goodwill – Internet & Publishing

During 2012, we adopted ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” As a result, beginning in 2012, the first step of our impairment tests for goodwill is a thorough assessment of qualitative factors to determine if events or circumstances indicate that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts. If the qualitative test indicates it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts, a quantitative assessment is not required. The units of accounting we use to test goodwill in our Internet business include Townhall.com and Salem Web Network. The operating results for Salem Web Network reflect the operating results and cash flows for all of our Internet sites exclusive of Townhall.com. We also separate our publishing business into two accounting units. The first publishing accounting unit is the magazine unit, which operates and produces all publications from a stand-alone facility, under one general manager, with operating results and cash flows of all publications reported on a combined basis. The second accounting unit is our book publishing division, Xulon Press, which also operates from a stand-alone facility, under one general manager who is responsible for the separately stated operating results and cash flows. Four of these accounting units have goodwill associated with them as our annual testing period.

We have regularly performed quantitative reviews of goodwill associated with our print magazine unit based on the low margin by which our estimated fair values exceed our carrying value including goodwill and actual operating results that do not meet or exceed our expectations. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal firm, to estimate the enterprise value of our business unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The enterprise valuation assumes that the subject assets are installed as part of an operating business rather than as a hypothetical start-up. The key estimates and assumptions used for our enterprise valuations are as follows:

 

Enterprise Valuation    December 31,
2011
   Interim
June 30,
2012
   December 31, 2012    Interim
June 30, 2013
   December 31,
2013
     (Internet)    (Publishing)    (Internet &Publishing)    (Publishing)    (Publishing)

Discount rate

   13.5%    8.5%    8.5% -13.5%    9.0%    9.5%

Operating profit margin ranges

   18.4 - 22.0%    1.4% - 7.5%    0.5% - 22.0%    0.9% - 6.0%    (0.5%) - 6.0%

Long-term revenue market growth rate ranges

   3.0%    1.5%    1.5% -3.0%    1.5% - 2.8%    1.5% - 6.1%

Based on our review and analysis of the enterprise estimated fair value, we recorded a $0.4 million impairment charge associated with the print magazine goodwill as of the June 2013 interim testing period. This impairment was driven by lower

 

62


Table of Contents

projected profit margins based on the failure of the print magazine segment to achieve the amounts previously projected. Additionally, the discount rate was raised from 9.0% to 9.5% based on risks associated with print magazines. The reduction of revenue in the print magazine segment is prevalent throughout the print magazine industry and is not unique to our operations. No impairment charges were necessary as of the annual testing periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of our accounting units, including goodwill.

 

    Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31,  2013
Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including
Goodwill
 
    < 10%     >10% to 20%     >20% to 50%     > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

    2        —          2        —    

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

  $ 28,707      $ —        $ 5,107      $ —    
    Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31, 2012
Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including
Goodwill
 
    < 10%     >10% to 20%     >20% to 50%     > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

    —          —          2        2  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

  $ —        $ —        $ 28,722      $ 2,103  
    Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31, 2011
Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including
Goodwill
 
    < 10%     >10% to 20%     >20% to 50%     > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

    1        1        1        1  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

  $ 1,123      $ 3,764      $ 22,757      $ (46 )

We believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, however, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or by us, or if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets below the amounts reflected on our balance sheet, we may recognize future impairment charges, the amount of which may be material.

Income taxes and uncertain tax positions

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Our evaluation was performed for tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions, which range from 2009 through 2012.

Upon the adoption of the provisions on January 1, 2007, we had $3.0 million in liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, including $0.9 million recognized under FASB ASC Topic 450 “Contingencies” and carried forward from prior years and $2.1 million recognized upon adoption of the tax provision changes as a reduction to retained earnings. Included in the $2.1 million accrual was $0.1 million in related interest, net of federal income tax benefits. During 2011, we recognized a net increase of $0.2 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2011, had $3.8 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. During 2012, we recognized a net decrease of $2.5 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2012, had $1.3 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. During 2013, we recognized a net decrease of $0.4 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2013, had $0.9 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. Included in this liability amount were $0.01 million accrued for the related interest, net of federal income tax benefits and $0.02 million for the related penalties recorded in income tax expense on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Management expects an additional reduction of $0.4 million in the reserve over the next twelve months due to statute expirations.

 

63


Table of Contents

A summary of the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 1,325   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

     —     

Reductions related to tax positions of prior years

     —     

Decrease due to statute expirations

     (401

Related interest and penalties, net of federal tax benefits

     (8
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 916   
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance (deferred taxes)

For financial reporting purposes, we recorded a valuation allowance of $2.9 million as of December 31, 2013 to offset a portion of the deferred tax assets related to the state net operating loss carryforwards. Management regularly reviews our financial forecasts in an effort to determine our ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards for tax purposes. Accordingly, the valuation allowance is adjusted periodically based on management’s estimate of the benefit the company will receive from such carryforwards.

Fair value accounting

FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” established a single definition of fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expanded disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. The provision applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. We adopted the fair value provisions for financial assets and financial liabilities effective January 1, 2008. The adoption had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We adopted fair value provisions for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities effective January 1, 2009. This includes applying the fair value concept to (i) nonfinancial assets and liabilities initially measured at fair value in business combinations; (ii) reporting units or nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in conjunction with goodwill impairment testing; (iii) other nonfinancial assets measured at fair value in conjunction with impairment assessments; and (iv) asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value. The adoption of the fair value provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820 to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The fair value provisions include guidance on how to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities in the current economic environment and reemphasizes that the objective of a fair value measurement remains an exit price. If we were to conclude that there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity of the asset or liability in relation to normal market activities, quoted market values may not be representative of fair value and we may conclude that a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate.

The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market, and the characteristics specific to the transaction. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less (or no) pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value.

FASB ASC Topic 820 established a hierarchal disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring fair value. This framework defined three levels of inputs to the fair value measurement process and requires that each fair value measurement be assigned to a level corresponding to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three broad levels of inputs defined by the FASB ASC Topic 820 hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

 

64


Table of Contents
   

Level 2 Inputs—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

   

Level 3 Inputs—unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. These unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (which might include the reporting entity’s own data).

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued interest approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities approximates fair value as the related interest rates approximate rates currently available to the company. The following table summarizes the fair value of our financial assets that are measured at fair value:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Total Fair Value
and Carrying
Value on
Balance Sheet
     Fair Value Measurement Category  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 65       $ 65       $ —         $ —     

Trade accounts receivable, net

     37,627         37,627         —           —     

Fair value of interest rate swap

     3,177         —           3,177         —     

Fair value of earn-out contingent payment

     616         —           —           616   

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable

     3,960         3,960         —           —     

Accrued expenses

     7,888         7,888         —           —     

Accrued interest

     37         37         —           —     

Long-term debt

     287,672         287,672         —           —     

Long-term debt and debt covenant compliance

Our classification of borrowings under our Revolver as long-term debt on our balance sheet is based on our assessment that, under the terms of our Credit Agreement and after considering our projected operating results and cash flows for the coming year, no principal payments are required to be made. These projections are estimates dependent upon a number of factors including but not limited to developments in the markets in which we are operating in and varying economic and political factors. Accordingly, these projections are inherently uncertain and our actual results could differ from these estimates.

Stock-based compensation

We have one stock option plan, The Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, (the “Plan”) under which equity awards, including stock options and restricted stock may be granted to employees, consultants and non-employee members of the Board of the Directors of the company. At the annual meeting of the company held on June 22, 2012, the company’s stockholders approved a revision to the Plan increasing the number of shares authorized by 1,900,000. As a result, a maximum of 5,000,000 shares are authorized under the Plan, of which 2,162,067 are outstanding and 514,751 are exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

We account for stock-based compensation under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” We record equity awards with stock-based compensation measured at the fair value of the award as of the grant date. We determine the fair value of our options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term of the options granted. The exercise price for options is equal to the closing market price of Salem Communications common stock as of the date of grant. We use the straight-line attribution method to recognize share-based compensation costs over the expected service period of the award. Upon exercise, cancellation, forfeiture, or expiration of stock options, or upon vesting or forfeiture of restricted stock awards, deferred tax assets for options and restricted stock awards with multiple vesting dates are eliminated for each vesting period on a first-in, first-out basis as if each vesting period was a separate award.

 

65


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

Changes to accounting principles are established by the FASB in the form of accounting standards updates (“ASU’s”) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. We consider the applicability and impact of all ASU’s. ASU’s not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable to our financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, (“FASB ASU 2013-11”). This update clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of this pronouncement may have on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“FASB ASC Topic 815”). The update permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a US benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under FASB ASC Topic 815, in addition to the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the US government (“UST”) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The update also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. This ASU is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. We do not expect the impact of adopting this ASU to be material to our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 405, Liabilities (“FASB ASC Topic 405”). The update requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed as of the reporting date as the sum of the obligation the entity agreed to pay among its co-obligors and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and is required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations that existed upon adoption of the ASU. We do not expect the impact of adopting this ASU to be material to our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

While our focus continues to be on deleveraging the company, we have recently completed several strategic acquisitions, including Twitchy.com in December 2013 and Eagle Publishing in January 2014. These acquisitions each contain contingent earn-out considerations based on future operating results. We believe that these contingent earn-out considerations provide some degree of protection with regard to cash outflows should the acquisitions not meet expectations. We have historically financed acquisitions through borrowings, including borrowings under credit facilities and, to a lesser extent, from operating cash flow and from proceeds on selected asset dispositions. We expect to fund future acquisitions from cash on hand, borrowings under our credit facilities, operating cash flow and possibly through the sale of income-producing assets or proceeds from debt and equity offerings. We have historically funded, and will continue to fund, expenditures for operations, administrative expenses, capital expenditures and debt service required by our credit facilities and the notes from operating cash flow, borrowings under the Revolver and, if necessary, proceeds from the sale of selected assets or radio stations.

We undertake projects from time to time to upgrade our radio station technical facilities and/or FCC broadcast licenses, expand our Internet offerings, improve our facilities and update our computer infrastructures. The nature and timing of these upgrades and expenditures can be delayed or scaled back at the discretion of management. Based on our current projections, we expect to incur capital expenditures of $10.7 million during the twelve months ending December 31, 2014.

We have paid total cash distributions of $5.2 million and $3.4 million, for the year ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on our Class A and Class B common stock. The actual declaration of dividends and distributions, as well as the

 

66


Table of Contents

establishment of per share amounts, dates of record, and payment dates are subject to final determination by our Board of Directors and dependent upon future earnings, cash flows, financial requirements, and other factors. In September 2013, the Board of Directors elected to review distributions on a quarterly basis, rather than an annual basis. Based on the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock currently outstanding, and the currently approved distribution amount, we expect to pay total annual distributions of approximately $5.5 million. Our sole source of cash available for making any future distributions is our operating cash flow, subject to our Term Loan B and Revolver, which contain covenants that restrict the payment of dividends and distributions unless certain specified conditions are satisfied.

Cash Flows

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $0.3 million to $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $0.4 million as of the same period of the prior year. Working capital increased $22.4 million to $19.2 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $(3.2) million for the same period of the prior year. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2013, the balances outstanding under our consolidated debt agreements ranged from $251.1 to $307.9 million. These balances were ordinary and customary based on our operating and investing cash needs during this time.

The following events impacted our liquidity and capital resources during the year ended December 31, 2013:

Operating Cash Flows:

 

   

Our net income from continuing operations decreased $7.2 million to a net loss of $2.7 million from net income of $4.5 million for the same period of the prior year;

 

   

Our net income from continuing operations reflected a $27.8 million loss on the early retirement of debt; and

 

   

Our Days Sales Outstanding increased to 74 days as of December 31, 2013 compared to 70 days as of December 31, 2012.

Investing Cash Flows:

 

   

Capital expenditures increased $2.1 million to $10.6 million for 2013 from $8.5 million for 2012;and

 

   

We paid cash of $7.5 million for acquisitions, a decrease of $3.2 million as compared to cash paid for acquisitions in 2012.

Financing Cash Flows:

 

   

We tendered for or redeemed $213.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes and paid $22.7 million for the repurchase;

 

   

We entered into the Term Loan B and Revolver on which we drew $300.0 million and $8.5 million; respectively, the proceeds of which paid our then existing debt and the Terminated 95/8% Notes;

 

   

We paid the outstanding balances and terminated our Terminated Revolver and Terminated FCB loan;

 

   

We paid the outstanding Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties of $15.0 million and terminated the related agreements;

 

   

We repaid $8.8 million of principal outstanding on the Term Loan B;

 

   

We repaid $2.0 million of principal on a seller financed note due 2014; and

 

   

We paid cash distributions of $5.2 million, on our Class A and Class B common stock, as compared to $3.4 million in 2012.

Term Loan B and Revolving Credit Facility

On March 14, 2013, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility, consisting of a term loan of $300.0 million (“Term Loan B”) and a revolving credit facility of $25.0 million (“Revolver”). The Term Loan B was issued at a discount of 4.50% for total net proceeds of $298.5 million. The discount is being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, approximately $0.2 million of the discount has been recognized as interest expense.

The Term Loan B has a term of seven years, in which time the principal amount may be increased by up to an additional $60.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement. We are required to make principal payments of $750,000 per quarter beginning on September 30, 2013 for the Term Loan B. The Revolver has a term of five years. We believe that the borrowing capacity under our Term Loan B and Revolver allows us to meet our ongoing operating requirements, fund capital expenditures and satisfy our debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

67


Table of Contents

On December 30, 2013, we repaid $0.8 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $3,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. On September 30, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $16,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. On June 28, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $14,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. As of December 31, 2013, accrued interest on the Term Loan B was approximately $36,000.

Borrowings under the Term Loan B may be made at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 1.00%) plus a spread of 3.50% or Wells Fargo’s base rate plus a spread of 2.50%. Borrowings under the Revolver may be made at LIBOR or Wells Fargo’s base rate plus a spread determined by reference to our leverage ratio, as set forth in the pricing grid below. If an event of default occurs under the credit agreement, the applicable interest rate may increase by 2.00% per annum.

 

          Revolver Pricing  

Pricing Level

  

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

  

Base Rate Loans

   

LIBOR Loans

 
1    Less than 3.00 to 1.00      1.250     2.250
2    Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00      1.500     2.500
3    Greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 5.00 to 1.00      1.750     2.750
4    Greater than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 but less than 6.00 to 1.00      2.000     3.000
5    Greater than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00      2.500     3.500

The obligations under the credit agreement and the related loan documents are secured by liens on substantially all of the assets of Salem and its subsidiaries, other than certain exceptions set forth in the Security Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013, among Salem, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (the “Security Agreement”) and such other related loan documents.

With respect to financial covenants, the credit agreement includes a minimum interest coverage ratio, which starts at 1.50 to 1.0 and steps up to 2.50 to 1.0 by 2016 and a maximum leverage ratio, which starts at 6.75 to 1.0 and steps down to 5.75 to 1.0 by 2017. The credit agreement also includes other negative covenants that are customary for credit facilities of this type, including covenants that, subject to exceptions described in the credit agreement, restrict the ability of Salem and its subsidiary guarantors: (i) to incur additional indebtedness; (ii) to make investments; (iii) to make distributions, loans or transfers of assets; (iv) to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any liens; (v) to sell assets; (vi) to enter into transactions with affiliates; or (vii) to merge or consolidate with, or dispose of all or substantially all assets to, a third party. As of December 31, 2013, our leverage ratio was 5.49 to 1 compared to our compliance covenant of 6.75 and our interest coverage ratio was 3.16 compared to our compliance ratio of 1. We were in compliance with our debt covenants under the credit facility at December 31, 2013.

Terminated Senior Secured Second Lien Notes

On December 1, 2009, we issued $300.0 million principal amount of Terminated 95/8% Notes at a discount for $298.1 million resulting in an effective yield of 9.75%. Interest was due and payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2010 until maturity. We were not required to make principal payments on the Terminated 95/8% Notes, which were due in full in December 2016. The Terminated 95/ 8% Notes were guaranteed by all of our existing domestic restricted subsidiaries. Upon issuance, we were required to pay $28.9 million per year in interest on the then outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes. As of December 31, 2012, accrued interest on the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes was $0.9 million. The discount was being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes based on the effective interest method. For each of the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $37,000 and $0.2 million of the discount, respectively, was recognized as interest expense.

On March 14, 2013, we tendered for $212.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes in the Tender Offer. We paid $22.7 million for this repurchase resulting in a $26.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt, which included approximately $0.8 million of unamortized discount and $2.9 million of bond issue costs associated with the Terminated 95/8% Notes. We issued a notice of redemption to redeem any of the Terminated 95/8% Notes that remained outstanding after the expiration date of the Tender Offer. On June 3, 2013, we redeemed the remaining $0.9 million of the outstanding Terminated 95/ 8% Notes to satisfy and discharge Salem’s obligations under the indenture for the Terminated 95/8% Notes. The carrying value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes was $212.6 million at December 31, 2012. There are no outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes as of the effectiveness of the redemption.

 

68


Table of Contents

Information regarding repurchases and redemptions of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes are as follows:

 

Date

   Principal
Redeemed/Repurchased
     Premium
Paid
     Unamortized
Discount
     Bond Issue
Costs
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

June 3, 2013

   $ 903       $ 27       $ 3       $ —     

March 14, 2013

     212,597         22,650         837         2,867   

December 12, 2012

     4,000         120         17         57   

June 1, 2012

     17,500        525         80        287   

December 12, 2011

     12,500         375         62         337   

September 6, 2011

     5,000        144         26        135   

June 1, 2011

     17,500         525         93         472   

December 1, 2010

     12,500        375         70        334   

June 1, 2010

     17,500         525         105         417   

Terminated Senior Credit Facility

On December 1, 2009, our parent company, Salem Communications Corporation entered into a Revolver (“Terminated Revolver”). We amended the Terminated Revolver on November 1, 2010 to increase the borrowing capacity from $30 million to $40 million. The amendment allowed us to use borrowings under the Revolver, subject to the “Available Amount” as defined by the terms of the credit agreement, to redeem applicable portions of the Terminated 95/8% Notes. The calculation of the “Available Amount” also pertained to the payment of dividends when the leverage ratio was above 5.0 to 1.

On November 15, 2011, we completed the Second Amendment of the Terminated Revolver to, among other things, (1) extend the maturity date from December 1, 2012 to December 1, 2014, (2) change the interest rate applicable to LIBOR or the Wells Fargo base rate plus a spread to be determined based on our leverage ratio, (3) allow us to borrow and repay unsecured indebtedness provided certain conditions are met and (4) include step-downs related to our leverage ratio covenant. We incurred $0.5 million in fees to complete this amendment, which were being amortized over the remaining term of the agreement. The applicable interest rate relating to the amended credit agreement was LIBOR plus a spread of 3.00% per annum or the Base Rate plus a spread of 1.25% per annum, which was adjustable based on our leverage ratio. If an event of default occurred, the interest rate could be increased by 2.00% per annum. Details of the change in our rate based on our leverage ratio were as follows:

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

   Base Rate     Eurodollar
Rate Loans
    Applicable Fee
Rate
 

Less than 3.25 to 1.00

     0.75     2.25     0.40

Greater than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00

     0.75     2.50     0.50

Greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 but less than 6.00 to 1.00

     1.25     3.00     0.60

Greater than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00

     2.25     3.50     0.75

The Terminated Revolver included a $5 million subfacility for standby letters of credit and a subfacility for swingline loans of up to $5 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement relating to the Terminated Revolver. In addition to interest charges outlined above, we paid a commitment fee on the unused balance based on the Applicable Fee Rate in the above table. The Terminated Revolver included a $5 million subfacility for standby letters of credit and a subfacility for swingline loans of up to $5 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement.

The Terminated Revolver was terminated on March 14, 2013 upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. This termination resulted in a $0.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to unamortized credit facility fees. There is no outstanding balance on the Terminated Revolver as of the termination date.

Terminated Subordinated Credit Facility with First California Bank

On May 21, 2012, we entered into a Business Loan Agreement, Promissory Note and related loan documents with First California Bank (the “FCB Loan”). The FCB Loan was an unsecured, $10.0 million fixed-term loan with a maturity date of June 15, 2014. The interest rate for the FCB Loan (“Interest Rate”) was variable and was equal to the greater of: (a) 4.250% or (b) the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal and reported by FCB plus 1%.

We were required to repay the FCB Loan as follows: (a) twenty-three (23) consecutive monthly interest payments based upon the then-current principal balance outstanding at the then-current Interest Rate commencing on September 15, 2012; (b)

 

69


Table of Contents

seven quarterly consecutive principal payments of $1.25 million each commencing on September 15, 2012; and (c) one final principal and interest payment on June 15, 2014 of all outstanding and unpaid interest and principal as of such maturity date. The FCB Loan could be prepaid at any time subject to a minimum interest charge of fifty dollars ($50). If an event of default occurred on the FCB Loan, the Interest Rate could have been increased by 5.00% per annum.

The FCB loan was terminated on March 14, 2013 upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. This termination resulted in a $33,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt for unamortized credit facility fees. There is no outstanding balance on the FCB Loan as of the termination date.

Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

On November 17, 2011, we entered into subordinated lines of credit with Edward G. Atsinger III, Chief Executive Officer and director of Salem, and Stuart W. Epperson, Chairman of Salem’s Board of Directors. Pursuant to the related agreements, Mr. Epperson committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit to Salem in a principal amount of up to $3 million, and Mr. Atsinger committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million. On May 21, 2012, we also entered into a subordinated line of credit with Roland S. Hinz, a Salem board member. Mr. Hinz committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million. On September 12, 2012, we amended and restated the original subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz to increase the unsecured revolving line of credit by $6 million for a total line of credit of up to $12 million (together, the “Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties”).

The proceeds of the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties could be used to repurchase a portion of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes. Outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit bore interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (1) 5% per annum and (2) the maximum rate permitted for subordinated debt under the Terminated Revolver referred to above plus 2% per annum. Interest was payable at the time of any repayment of principal. In addition, outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit were to be repaid within three (3) months from the time that such amounts are borrowed, with the exception of the subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz, which was to be repaid within six (6) months from the time that such amounts were borrowed. The Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties did not contain any covenants. On March 14, 2013, we repaid these lines of credit upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. On April 3, 2013, we provided written notice to Messrs. Atsinger, Epperson and Hinz electing to terminate the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties and related agreements effective as of May 3, 2013. There are no outstanding balances on the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties as of the repayment date.

Summary of long-term debt obligations

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Term Loan B

   $ —        $ 289,939   

Revolver

     —          —     

Terminated Revolver

     33,000        —     

Terminated 95/8% senior secured second lien notes due 2016

     212,622        —     

Terminated Subordinated debt

     7,500        —     

Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

     15,000        —     

Capital leases and other loans

     858        854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     268,980        290,793   

Less current portion

     (20,108 )     (3,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 248,872      $ 287,672   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the outstanding amounts listed above, we also have interest payments related to our long-term debt as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

   

Outstanding borrowings of $291.3 million under the Term Loan B with interest payments due at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 1.00%) plus 3.50% or prime rate plus 2.50%.

 

70


Table of Contents

Impairment Losses on Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Under FASB ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” indefinite-lived intangibles, including broadcast licenses, goodwill and mastheads are not amortized but instead are tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be an impairment. Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset over its fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are measured for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. Impairment losses are recorded as operating expenses. We incurred significant impairment losses in prior years with regard to our indefinite-lived intangible assets. During the current year, we recognized impairment losses of $1.0 million associated with mastheads in our publishing segment. These impairments were driven by a reduction in projected net revenues resulting from ongoing operating results that have not met expectations. The impairment was indicative of trends in the publishing industry as a whole and is not unique to our company or operations.

The valuation of intangible assets is subjective and based on estimates rather than precise calculations. The fair value measurements of our indefinite-lived intangible assets use significant unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the estimates that market participants would use in measuring fair value including assumptions about risk. If actual future results are less favorable than the assumptions and estimates we used, we are subject to future impairment charges, the amount of which may be material. Given the current economic environment and uncertainties that can negatively impact our business, there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for the purpose of our indefinite-lived intangible fair value estimates will prove to be accurate.

The impairment charges we have recognized are non-cash in nature and did not violate covenants on our then-existing credit facilities, or on our current Revolver and Term Loan B. However, the potential for future impairment charges can be viewed as a negative factor with regard to forecasted future performance and cash flows. We believe that we have adequately considered the economic downturn in our valuation models and do not believe that the non-cash impairments in and of themselves are a liquidity risk.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, Salem did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As such, Salem is not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if Salem had engaged in such relationships.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We enter into various agreements in the normal course of business that contain minimum guarantees. The typical minimum guarantee is tied to future revenue amounts that exceed the contractual level. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of these arrangements is zero. We undertake projects from time to time to upgrade our radio station technical facilities and/or FCC broadcast licenses, expand our Internet offerings, improve our facilities and update our computer infrastructures. We expect to incur capital expenditures of approximately $10.7 million throughout the twelve months ending December 31, 2014; the nature and timing of these upgrades and expenditures can be delayed or scaled back at the discretion of management.

The following table summarizes our aggregate contractual obligations at December 31, 2013, and the estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less than
One year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     More Than 5
years
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 289,939       $ 3,000       $ 6,000       $ 6,000       $ 274,939   

Interest payments on long-term debt (1)

     91,604         13,105         26,191         26,165         26,143   

Capital lease obligations and other loans

     854         121         201         192         340   

Operating leases

     57,786         9,730         15,833         8,667         23,556   

Deferred cash payments

     300         300         —           —           —     

Fair value of contingent earn-out consideration(2)

     616         183         433         —           —     

On-Air Talent (3)

     5,287         2,722         2,529         36         —     

Other Contracts (4)

     7,044         7,044         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 453,430       $ 36,205      $ 51,187       $ 41,060      $ 324,978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
(1) Interest payments on long-term debt are based on the outstanding debt and respective interest rates with interest rates on variable-rate debt held constant through maturity at the December 31, 2013 rates. Interest ultimately paid on these obligations will differ based on changes in interest rates for variable-rate debt, as well as any potential repayments or future refinancing. See Note 6 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(2) Estimated fair value of contingent earn-out consideration payable over two years associated with our acquisition of Twitchy.com on December 10, 2013. See Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details.
(3) On-Air talent agreements are typically one to three years in length with various renewal dates. The liability shown is based on agreements in effect as of December 31, 2013. Future payments will vary as the agreements are renewed.
(4) Other contracts consist of purchase commitments, including APA’s and royalty agreements as of December 31, 2013.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. We actively monitor these fluctuations and use derivative instruments from time to time to manage the related risk. In accordance with our risk management strategy, we use derivative instruments only for the purpose of managing risk associated with an asset, liability, committed transaction, or probable forecasted transaction that is identified by management. Our use of derivative instruments may result in short-term gains or losses that may increase the volatility of our earnings.

Under FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” the effective portion of the gain or loss on a derivative instrument designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedging instrument shall be reported as a component of other comprehensive income (outside earnings) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, shall be recognized currently in earnings.

 

72


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     74   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013

     75   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

     76   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

     78   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

     79   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     81   

 

73


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Salem Communications Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Salem Communications Corporation and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules of the Company listed in Item 15(a). These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992, and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

SingerLewak LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 3, 2014

 

74


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 380     $ 65   

Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $8,926 in 2012 and $10,809 in 2013)

     35,009        37,627   

Other receivables

     609       720   

Prepaid expenses

     4,096        4,049   

Deferred income taxes

     6,248        6,876   

Assets held for sale

     1,964        1,700   

Assets of discontinued operations

     8        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     48,314        51,045   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes receivable (net of allowance of $702 in 2012 and $548 in 2013)

     1,662        1,866   

Fair value of interest rate swap

            3,177   

Property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $135,823 in 2012 and $145,215 in 2013)

     99,467        98,928   

Broadcast licenses

     373,720        381,836   

Goodwill

     22,383        22,374   

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets

     1,873        868   

Amortizable intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $25,121 in 2012 and $27,933 in 2013)

     8,753        8,793   

Deferred financing costs

     4,002        4,130   

Other assets

     2,007        2,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 562,181      $ 575,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 5,259     $ 3,960   

Accrued expenses

     6,627        7,888   

Accrued compensation and related expenses

     8,668       6,913   

Accrued interest

     1,110        37   

Deferred revenue

     9,531       9,721   

Income tax payable

     175        142   

Terminated subordinated debt due to related parties

     15,000          

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     5,108        3,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     51,478        31,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

     248,872        287,672   

Deferred income taxes

     47,593        43,457   

Deferred revenue

     8,140        9,965   

Other liabilities

     29        452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     356,112        373,328   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ Equity:

    

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 80,000,000 shares; 21,312,510 and 21,803,303 issued and 18,994,860 and 19,485,653 outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     213       218   

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares; 5,553,696 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     56        56   

Additional paid-in capital

     233,974       237,579   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     5,832        (2,062

Treasury stock, at cost (2,317,650 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013)

     (34,006     (34,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     206,069        201,785   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 562,181      $ 575,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

75


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Net broadcast revenue

   $ 178,731     $ 183,180     $ 183,697   

Net Internet and e-commerce revenue

     27,304        33,474        40,906   

Net publishing revenue

     12,131        12,525        12,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     218,166       229,179       236,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Broadcast operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below (including $1,297, $1,357 and $1,386 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, paid to related parties)

     115,482       120,772       122,862   

Internet operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below

     20,889        25,145        28,378   

Publishing operating expenses exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below

     11,475        12,288        13,289   

Corporate expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below (including $402, $386 and $239 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, paid to related parties)

     17,503        18,892        21,430   

Depreciation

     12,520       12,343       12,448   

Amortization

     2,451        2,304        2,814   

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     —          88        1,006   

Impairment of goodwill

     —          —          438   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          6,808        —     

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     (4,153 )     49       (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     176,167        198,689       202,401   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations

     41,999        30,490        34,533   

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     344        106        68   

Interest expense (including $38, $427 and $154 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, due to related parties)

     (27,665     (24,911     (16,892

Change in the fair value of interest rate swap

     —          —          3,177   

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (2,169 )     (1,088 )     (27,795

Net miscellaneous income and (expenses)

     (40     79        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     12,469        4,676        (6,891

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     6,110        153        (4,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     6,359        4,523        (2,699

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (741     (95     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 5,618      $ 4,428      $ (2,736
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

76


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012      2013  

Basic earnings per share data:

       

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.26      $ 0.18      $ (0.11

Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     (0.03     —           —     

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.23      $ 0.18       $ (0.11

Diluted earnings per share data:

       

Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 0.26      $ 0.18      $ (0.11

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.03     —           —     

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ 0.23      $ 0.18       $ (0.11

Dividends per share

   $ —        $ 0.14       $ 0.21   

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     24,475,102        24,577,605         24,938,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     24,683,644        24,986,966         24,938,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

77


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     Class A
Common Stock
     Class B
Common Stock
     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
     Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount            

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2010

     21,000,193         209         5,553,696         56         230,947         (802     (34,006     196,404   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           —           —           950         —          —          950   

Lapse of restricted shares

     10,000         —           —           —           —           —          —          —     

Options exercised

     41,112         1         —           —           23         —          —          24   

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

     —           —           —           —           52         —          —          52   

Net income

     —           —           —           —           —           5,618        —          5,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2011

     21,051,305         210         5,553,696         56         231,972         4,816        (34,006     203,048   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           —           —           1,368         —          —          1,368   

Options exercised

     261,205         3         —           —           406         —          —          409   

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

     —           —           —           —           228         —          —          228   

Dividends

     —           —           —           —           —           (3,412     —          (3,412

Net income

     —           —           —           —           —           4,428        —          4,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2012

     21,312,510         213         5,553,696         56         233,974         5,832        (34,006     206,069   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           —           —           1,849         —          —          1,849   

Lapse of restricted shares

     79,810         —           —           —           —           —          —          —     

Options exercised

     410,983         5         —           —           1,417         —          —          1,422   

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

     —           —           —           —           339         —          —          339   

Dividends

     —           —           —           —           —           (5,158     —          (5,158

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           —           (2,736     —          (2,736
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity, December 31, 2013

     21,803,303         218         5,553,696         56         237,579         (2,062     (34,006     201,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 6,359     $ 4,523     $ (2,699

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by continuing operating activities:

      

Non-cash stock-based compensation

     950       1,368        1,849   

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

     52        228        339   

Depreciation and amortization

     14,971        14,647        15,262   

Amortization of bond issue costs and bank loan fees

     1,556       1,291       853   

Amortization and accretion of financing items

     186        179        194   

Provision for bad debts

     2,069       2,554       3,456   

Deferred income taxes

     5,352        (329     (4,764

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     —          88        1,006   

Impairment of goodwill

     —          —          438   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          6,808        —     

Change in the fair value of interest rate swaps

     —          —          (3,177

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     (4,153 )     49       (264

Loss on early retirement of debt

     2,169       1,088       27,795   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (633 )     (2,556 )     (3,049

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (81     118        (50

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     980       3,291       (4,733

Deferred revenue

     (616     (2,240     (3,688

Other liabilities

     2,601       —          —     

Income taxes payable

     (5     (30     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by continuing operating activities

     31,757       31,077       28,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Capital expenditures

     (7,522 )     (8,549 )     (10,639

Deposits (release) of cash held in escrow pursuant to acquisition and sale activity

     248        (725     81   

Purchases of broadcast assets and radio stations

     (3,151 )     (3,330 )     (5,500

Purchases of Internet businesses and assets

     (6,000     (7,365     (1,977

Proceeds from the sale of assets

     12,750        907        477   

Restricted cash

     (10     110        —     

Other

     (826 )     (114 )     (179
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

     (4,511     (19,066     (17,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Payments to redeem Terminated 95/8% Notes

     (35,000     (21,500     (213,500

Payments of bond premium in connection with early redemptions and repurchases of the Terminated 95/8% Notes

     (1,044     (645     (22,677

Proceeds from borrowings under Term Loan B

     —          —          298,500   

Payments under Term Loan B

     —          —          (8,750

Proceeds from borrowings under Revolver

     —          —          30,961   

Payments under Revolver

     —          —          (30,961

Payments of costs related to bank credit facility

     (597     (149     (4,394

Proceeds from borrowings under terminated credit facilities and subordinated debt

     108,400        154,169        46,747   

Payments under terminated credit facilities and subordinated debt

     (112,400 )     (144,669 )     (87,220

Proceeds from Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

     9,000        27,000        —     

Payments to Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

     —          (21,000     (15,000

Payments of bond issue costs

     (43     —          —     

Payment of seller financed note

     —          —          (2,000

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     24        409        1,422   

Payment of cash distribution on common stock

     —          (3,412     (5,158

 

See accompanying notes

 

79


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (116     (125     (122

Book overdraft

     3,650        (1,775     876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (28,126     (11,697     (11,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

      

Operating cash flows

     (625     (1     (37

Investing cash flows

     744        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash inflows (outflows) from discontinued operations

     119        (1     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (761 )     313       (315

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     828        67        380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 67     $ 380     $ 65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Cash paid for interest net of capitalized interest (including $0, $322 and $296 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, paid to related parties)

   $ 26,053      $ 23,448      $ 16,747   

Cash paid for income taxes

     226        220        242   

Other supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Trade revenue

     5,352        5,270        5,627   

Trade expense

     4,680        5,309        4,845   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Net present value of advertising credits payable

     —          —          2,427   

Note receivable acquired in exchange for radio station

     1,000        —          —     

Seller financed note due directly to seller of station assets

     —          —          2,000   

Net present value of contingent consideration

     —          —          616   

Installment payments due 2014 under asset purchase agreement

     —          —          300   

Assets acquired under capital leases

     25        27        118   

See accompanying notes

 

80


Table of Contents

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Salem Communications Corporation (“Salem” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “company”) include the company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Description of Business

Salem is a diversified multi-media company with integrated business operations covering radio broadcasting, content programming, the Internet, and publishing. Our programming is intended for audiences interested in Christian and family-themed content and conservative news talk. Our foundational business is the ownership and operation of radio stations in large metropolitan markets. Upon the close of all announced transactions, we will own and/or operate 103 radio stations throughout the United States. Our broadcasting business also includes Salem Radio Network® (“SRN”), SRN News Network (“SNN”), Salem Music Network (“SMN”), Solid Gospel Network (“SGN”), Salem Media Representatives (“SMR”) and Vista Media Representatives (“VMR”). SRN, SNN, SMN and SGN are networks that produce and distribute programming, such as talk, news and music segments to radio stations throughout the United States, including Salem owned and operated stations. SMR and VMR sell commercial airtime to national advertisers on radio stations and networks that we own, as well as on independent radio station affiliates.

Salem Web Network™ (“SWN”), our Internet businesses, provide Christian and conservative-themed content, audio and video streaming, and other resources on the web. SWN’s Internet portals include OnePlace.com, Christianity.com, Crosswalk.com®, BibleStudyTools.com, GodTube.com, Townhall.com™, HotAir.com, WorshipHouseMedia.com, SermonSpice.com, GodVine.com and Jesus.org. SWN’s content is accessible through our radio station websites that feature content of interest to local listeners throughout the United States. In addition to operating our radio station websites, SWN operates Salem Consumer Products, a website offering books, DVD’s and editorial content developed by many of our on-air personalities that are available for purchase. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as Internet revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Salem Publishing™ produces and distributes Christian and conservative opinion print magazines. Salem Publishing also includes Xulon Press™, a print-on-demand self-publishing service for Christian authors. The revenues generated from this segment are reported as publishing revenue on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments, purchased with an initial maturity of three-months or less, to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of our cash equivalents approximated fair value at each balance sheet date.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash includes amounts that are contractually restricted in connection with a security agreement between the company and Traveler’s Insurance.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable represent receivables from customers for the sale of advertising, block program time, sponsorships and events, product sales, royalties, vide and graphic downloads, subscriptions, book sales and author fees. Our receivables are recorded as invoiced and represent claims that will be settled in cash. The carrying value of our receivables, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents their estimated net realizable value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our allowance for doubtful accounts is evaluated on a monthly basis and is recorded based on our historical collection experience, the age of the receivables, specific customer information and economic conditions. We also review outstanding

 

81


Table of Contents

balances on an account-specific basis. In general, past due receivable balances are not written-off until all of our collection efforts have been unsuccessful, including use of a recovery agency. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing the likelihood of ultimate realization of these receivables including the current creditworthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when pervasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or the service has been rendered, the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably assured.

Revenues from radio programs and commercial advertising are recognized when the program or advertisement is broadcast. Revenue is reported net of agency commissions, which are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing. Our customers principally include not-for-profit charitable organizations and commercial advertisers. Revenue from the sale of products and services is recognized when the products are shipped and the services are rendered. Revenues from the sale of advertising in our magazines is recognized upon publication. Revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our publications is recognized over the life of the subscription. Revenue from book sales is recorded when shipment occurs.

Multiple-Deliverables

We may enter bundled advertising agreements that include spot advertisements on our radio stations, Internet banner placements, print magazine advertisements and booth space at specific events or some combination thereof. The multiple deliverables contained in each agreement are accounted for separately over their respective delivery period provided that they are separate units of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based on vendor specific objective evidence if available or estimated selling price if vendor specific objective evidence is not available. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for each element when it is sold separately. The estimated selling price is the price that we would transact if the deliverable was sold regularly on a standalone basis. Arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of each arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The relative selling price method allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable’s selling price.

Barter Transactions

We may provide advertising time in exchange for certain products, supplies and services. The terms of the exchanges generally permit for the preemption of such broadcast time in favor of advertisers who purchase time on regular terms. We include the value of such exchanges in both net broadcasting revenues and broadcast operating expenses. The value recorded for barter revenues is based upon management’s estimate of the fair value of the products, supplies and services received.

Advertising time that our radio stations exchange for goods and or services is recorded as barter revenue when the advertisement is broadcast at an amount equal to our estimate fair value of what was received. The value of goods or services received in such barter transactions is charged to expense as used. Barter advertising revenue included in broadcast revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $5.2 million, $5.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively, and barter expenses were approximately the same as barter revenue for each period.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The company has one employee stock compensation plan, described more fully in “Note 10. Stock Incentive Plan.” We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” We record equity awards under the fair value method with share-based compensation measured at the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The exercise price for options is equal to the closing market price of Salem Communications common stock on the date of grant.

We use the straight-line attribution method to recognize share-based compensation costs over the service period of the award. Upon exercise, cancellation, forfeiture, or expiration of stock options, or upon vesting or forfeiture of restricted stock awards, deferred tax assets for options and restricted stock awards with multiple vesting dates are eliminated for each vesting period on a first-in, first-out basis as if each vesting period was a separate award. To calculate the excess tax benefits available as of the date of adoption for use in offsetting future tax shortfalls, we followed the alternative transition method discussed in the FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

82


Table of Contents

Accounting for Acquisitions and Upgrades of Radio Station and Network Assets

A majority of our radio station acquisitions have consisted primarily of the FCC licenses to broadcast in a particular market. We often do not acquire the existing format, or we change the format upon acquisition when we find it beneficial. As a result, a substantial portion of the purchase price for the assets of a radio station is allocated to the broadcast license. It is our policy generally to retain third-party appraisers to value radio stations, networks, Internet or publishing properties. The allocations assigned to acquired broadcast licenses and other assets are subjective by their nature and require our careful consideration and judgment. We believe the allocations represent appropriate estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired. As part of the valuation and appraisal process, the third-party appraisers prepare reports that assign values to the various asset categories in our financial statements. Our management reviews these reports and determines the reasonableness of the assigned values used to record the acquisition at the close of the transaction.

We undertake projects from time to time to upgrade our radio station technical facilities and/or FCC broadcast licenses. Our policy is to capitalize costs incurred up to the point where the project is complete, at which time we transfer the costs to the appropriate fixed asset and/or intangible asset categories. When the completion of a project is contingent upon FCC or other regulatory approval, we assess the probable future benefit of the asset at the time that it is recorded and monitor it through the FCC or other regulatory approval process. In the event the required approval is not considered probable or the project is abandoned, we write-off the capitalized costs of the project.

Accounting for Contingent Consideration

Acquisitions may include contingent consideration, the fair value of which is estimated on the acquisition date as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined using weighted probabilities of possible payments. As discussed, future page views are the basis for calculating the contingent consideration associated with our acquisition of Twitchy.com in December 2013. The unobservable inputs to the determination of the fair value of the contingent consideration include assumptions as to the ability of the acquired businesses to meet these page view targets and discount rates used in the calculation. Should the actual page views generated by the acquired business increase or decrease as compared to our assumptions, the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations would increase or decrease, up to the contracted limit, as applicable. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration could cause a material impact and volatility in our operating results.

Accounting for Discontinued Operations

We regularly review underperforming assets to determine if a sale might be a better way to monetize the assets. When a station, group of stations, or other asset groups are considered for sale, we review the transaction to determine if or when the entity qualifies as a discontinued operation in accordance with the criteria of FASB ASC Topic 205-20 “Discontinued Operations.” This pronouncement specifies that the operations and cash flow of the entity disposed of, or to be sold, have or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations as a result of the disposal and that we will not have significant continuing involvement in the operations after the disposal transaction. For our radio stations, we define a cluster as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building and equipment and managed by a single general manager. The cluster level is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results. General Managers are compensated based on the results of their cluster as a whole, not the results of any individual radio stations. We have determined that a radio market qualifies for a discontinued operation when management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the asset (disposal group), the sale is probable, and the sale will result in the exit of a particular geographic market.

Based on operating results that did not meet expectations, we ceased operating Samaritan Fundraising as of December 31, 2011. Samaritan Fundraising, previously included in our Internet operations, was a web-based fundraising products company that operated from a single facility in Fairfax, VA, under the control of one general manager. As a result of our decision to cease operations, the cash flows associated with this entity ceased and we have no continuing involvement in the operations of the entity. We have reported the operating results and net assets of this entity as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.

The markets and entities that we have accounted for as a discontinued operation are explained in more fully in “Note 3 – Acquisitions and Recent Transactions.”

 

83


Table of Contents

Accounting for Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost represents the historical cost of acquiring the asset, including the costs necessarily incurred to bring it to the condition and location necessary for its intended use. For assets constructed for our own use, such as towers and buildings that are discrete projects for which costs are separately accumulated and for which construction takes considerable time, we record capitalized interest. The amount capitalized is the cost that could have been avoided had the asset not been constructed and is based on the average accumulated expenditures incurred over the capitalization period at the weighted average rate applicable to our outstanding variable rate debt. We capitalized interest of $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements are capitalized when they extend the life of the asset or enhance the quality or ability of the asset to benefit operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Category

  

Life

Buildings

   40 years

Office furnishings and equipment

   5-10 years

Antennae, towers and transmitting equipment

   20 years

Studio and production equipment

   7-10 years

Software and website development costs

   3 years

Record and tape libraries

   3 years

Automobiles

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of 15 years or life of lease

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is evaluated periodically in relation to the operating performance and anticipated future cash flows of the underlying radio stations and businesses for indicators of impairment. When indicators of impairment are present and the cash flows estimated to be generated from these assets is less than the carrying value of these assets, an adjustment to reduce the carrying value to the fair market value of the assets is recorded, if necessary. No adjustments to the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment were made during the years ended December 31, 2011.

During June 2012, based on changes in managements’ planned usage, land in Covina, CA was classified as held for sale and evaluated for impairment as of that date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance for impairment of long-lived assets held for sale, we determined the carrying value of the land exceeded the estimated fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an impairment charge of $5.6 million associated with this land based on the estimated sale price. In December 2012, after several purchase offers for the land were terminated, we obtained a third party valuation for the land. Based on this fair value appraisal, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment charge associated with the land.

There were no indications of impairment present during the period ending December 31, 2013 and it is our intent to continue to pursue the sale of this land.

The table below presents the fair value measurements used to value this asset.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:  
            (Dollars in thousands)  

Description

   As of December 31, 2013      Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
     Total Gains
(Losses)
 

Long-Lived Asset Held for Sale

   $ 1,700             $ 1,700       $ 6,808   

Accounting for Internally Developed Software and Website Development Costs

We capitalize costs incurred during the application development stage related to the development of internal-use software as specified in FASB ASC Topic 350-40 “Internal-Use Software.” Capitalized costs are generally amortized over the estimated useful life of three years. Costs incurred related to the conceptual design and maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Website development activities include planning, design and development of graphics and content for new websites and operation of existing sites. Costs incurred that involve providing additional functions and features to the website are capitalized. Costs associated with website planning, maintenance, content development and training are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are generally amortized over the estimated useful life of three years. We capitalized $2.3 million, $2.3 million and $1.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013,

 

84


Table of Contents

respectively, related to internally developed software and website development costs. Amortization expense of amounts capitalized was $1.8 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Accounting for Advertising and Promotional Cost

Costs of media advertising and associated production costs are expensed as incurred and amounted to approximately $10.3 million, $10.5 million and $10.0 million for each of the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

Accounting for Amortizable Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Typically, intangible assets are acquired in conjunction with the acquisition of radio stations, Internet businesses and publishing entities. These intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Category

  

Life

Customer lists and contracts

   Lesser of 5 years or life of contract

Favorable and assigned leases

   Life of the lease

Domain and brand names

   5 to 7 years

Internally developed software

   3 to 5 years

Customer relationships

   1 to 3 years

Other amortizable intangible assets

   5 to 10 years

The carrying value of our amortizable intangible assets are evaluated periodically in relation to the operating performance and anticipated future cash flows of the underlying radio stations and businesses for indicators of impairment. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360 “Property, Plant and Equipment,” when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated from these assets are less than the carrying amounts of these assets, an adjustment to reduce the carrying value to the fair market value of these assets is recorded, if necessary. No adjustments to the carrying amounts of our amortizable intangible assets were necessary during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 or 2013.

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Approximately 70% of our total assets as of December 31, 2013, consist of indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as broadcast licenses, goodwill and mastheads, the value of which depends significantly upon the operating results of our businesses. In the case of our radio stations, we would not be able to operate the properties without the related FCC license for each property. Broadcast licenses are renewed with the FCC every eight years for a nominal cost that is expensed as incurred. We continually monitor our stations’ compliance with the various regulatory requirements. Historically, all of our broadcast licenses have been renewed at the end of their respective periods, and we expect that all broadcast licenses will continue to be renewed in the future. Accordingly, we consider our broadcast licenses to be indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” Broadcast licenses account for approximately 94% of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill and magazine mastheads account for the remaining 6%. We do not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather test for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired.

We complete our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each year. We believe that our estimate of the value of our broadcast licenses, mastheads, and goodwill is a critical accounting estimate as the value is significant in relation to our total assets, and our estimates incorporate variables and assumptions that are based on past experiences and judgment about future operating performance of our markets and business segments. The fair value measurements for our indefinite-lived intangible assets use significant unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the estimates that market participants would use in measuring fair value including assumptions about risk. The unobservable inputs are defined in FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” as Level 3 inputs discussed in detail in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Please refer to “Note 2 – Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets” for a further discussion of our testing plan and impairments recognized.

 

85


Table of Contents

Gain or Loss on the Sale or Disposal of Assets

We record gains or losses on the sale or disposal of assets equal to the proceeds, if any, as compared to the net book value. Exchange transactions are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 845 “Non-Monetary Transactions.” For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a gain on disposal of assets of $4.2 million that includes a $2.4 million pre-tax gain on the sale of KKMO-AM in Seattle, Washington and a $2.1 million pre-tax gain on the sale of KXMX-AM in Los Angeles, California, offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $0.2 million pre-tax gain on the sale of WBZS-AM in Pawtucket, Rhode Island and a $0.6 million gain from insurance proceeds for repairs of storm damage in our New York market , partially offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals including an additional loss associated with the write-off of a receivable from a prior station sale. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a $0.4 million pre-tax gain on the partial sale of land in our Cleveland market and $0.1 million of insurance proceeds for damages at one of our stations offset by various fixed asset and equipment disposals.

Leases

We lease various facilities including broadcast tower and transmitter sites. When we enter a lease agreement, we review the terms to determine the appropriate classification of the lease as a capital lease or operating lease based on the factors listed in FASB ASC Topic 840 “Leases.” Our current lease terms generally range from one to twenty-five years with rent expense recorded on a straight-line basis for financial reporting purposes. We also sublease towers that we own under various agreements with other broadcasters. Subleases generally cover a sixty-year term, over which time we recognize rental income on a straight-line basis. Deferred rent revenue was $4.6 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements

We may elect to construct or otherwise invest in leasehold improvements to properties. We capitalize the cost of the improvements that are then amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the remaining lease term.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of bond issue costs and bank loan fees. Bond issue costs represent costs incurred in conjunction with the issuance of the 95/8% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes on December 1, 2009 (“Terminated 95/8% Notes”). The costs are being amortized over the term of the Terminated 95/8% Notes as an adjustment to interest expense. Bank loan fees represent costs incurred with the Senior Credit Facility, which is a revolving credit facility (“Revolver”) entered on December 1, 2009. The costs are being amortized over the three-year term of the Revolver as an adjustment to interest expense. During the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $0.7 million of bond issue costs were written off in conjunction with the early redemption of $30.0 million of the 95/8% Notes. During the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately $0.1 million of bond issue costs were written off upon the calling and retirement of the 95/8% Notes. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.3 million of bond issue costs were written off upon the calling and retirement of the 95/8% Notes. Deferred financing costs consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2012      As of December 31, 2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bond issue costs

   $ 3,060       $ —     

Bank loan fees

     942         4,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,002       $ 4,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Partial Self-Insurance on Employee Health Plan

We provide health insurance benefits to eligible employees under a self-insured plan whereby the company pays actual medical claims subject to certain stop loss limits. We record self-insurance liabilities based on actual claims filed and an estimate of those claims incurred but not reported. Any projection of losses concerning our liability is subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors such as future inflation rates, changes in severity, benefit level changes, medical costs and claim settlement patterns. Should the actual amount of claims increase or decrease beyond what was anticipated, we may adjust our future reserves. Our self-insurance liability was $0.6 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

Local Programming and Marketing Agreement Fees

We may enter into a Local Marketing Agreement (“LMA”) or Time Brokerage Agreement (“TBA”) in connection with acquisitions of radio stations that are pending FCC regulatory approval of transfer of the broadcast licenses. Under the terms of these agreements, we make specified periodic payments to the owner in exchange for the right to program and sell advertising for a specified portion of the station’s inventory of broadcast time. We record revenues and expenses associated with the portion of the station’s inventory of broadcast time it manages. Nevertheless, as the holder of the FCC license, the owner-operator retains control and responsibility for the operation of the station, including responsibility over all programming broadcast on the station. We also enter into LMA’s in connection with dispositions of radio stations. In such cases, we may receive periodic payments in exchange for allowing the buyer to program and sell advertising for a portion of the station’s inventory of broadcast time.

Derivative Instruments

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. We actively monitor these fluctuations and use derivative instruments from time to time to manage the related risk. In accordance with our risk management strategy, we may use derivative instruments only for the purpose of managing risk associated with an asset, liability, committed transaction, or probable forecasted transaction that is identified by management. Our use of derivative instruments may result in short-term gains or losses that may increase the volatility of our earnings.

Under FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” the effective portion of the gain or loss on a derivative instrument designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedging instrument shall be reported as a component of other comprehensive income (outside earnings) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, shall be recognized currently in earnings.

On March 27, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A that will begin on March 28, 2014 with a notional principal amount of $150.0 million. The agreement was entered to offset risks associated with the variable interest rate on our Term Loan B. Payments on the swap are due on a quarterly basis with a LIBOR floor of 0.625%. The swap expires on March 28, 2019 at a fixed rate of 1.645%. The interest rate swap agreement was not designated as a cash flow hedge, and as a result, all changes in the fair value are recognized in the current period statement of operations rather than through other comprehensive income. We recorded an asset of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2013, representing the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement. The swap was valued based on observable inputs for similar assets and liabilities and other observable inputs for interest rates and yield curves, which are classified within Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy described in Note 7.

Fair Value Accounting

FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” established a single definition of fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expanded disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. The provision applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. We adopted the fair value provisions for financial assets and financial liabilities effective January 1, 2008. The adoption had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We adopted fair value provisions for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities effective January 1, 2009. This includes applying the fair value concept to (i) nonfinancial assets and liabilities initially measured at fair value in business combinations; (ii) reporting units or nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in conjunction with goodwill impairment testing; (iii) other nonfinancial assets measured at fair value in conjunction with impairment assessments; and (iv) asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value. The adoption of the fair value provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820 to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The fair value provisions include guidance on how to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities in the current economic environment and reemphasizes that the objective of a fair value measurement remains an exit price. If we were to conclude that there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity of the asset or liability in relation to normal market activities, quoted market values may not be representative of fair value and we may conclude that a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate.

The degree of judgment utilized in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally correlates to the level of pricing observability. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument,

 

87


Table of Contents

whether the financial instrument is new to the market, and the characteristics specific to the transaction. Financial instruments with readily available active quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices generally will have a higher degree of pricing observability and a lesser degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments rarely traded or not quoted will generally have less (or no) pricing observability and a higher degree of judgment utilized in measuring fair value. Please refer to “Note 7 Fair Value Accounting” for a further discussion.

Long-term Debt and Debt Covenant Compliance

Our classification of borrowings under our Revolver as long-term debt on our balance sheet is based on our assessment that, under the terms of our Credit Agreement and after considering our projected operating results and cash flows for the coming year, no principal payments are required to be made. These projections are estimates dependent upon a number of factors including developments in the markets in which we are operating in and economic and political factors, among other factors. Accordingly, these projections are inherently uncertain and our actual results could differ from these estimates.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Our evaluation was performed for tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions, which range from 2009 through 2012.

Upon the adoption of the provisions on January 1, 2007, we had $3.0 million in liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, including $0.9 million recognized under FASB ASC Topic 450 “Contingencies” and carried forward from prior years and $2.1 million recognized upon adoption of the tax provision changes as a reduction to retained earnings. Included in the $2.1 million accrual was $0.1 million in related interest, net of federal income tax benefits. During 2011, we recognized a net increase of $0.2 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2011, had $3.8 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. During 2012, we recognized a net decrease of $2.5 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2012, had $1.3 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. During 2013, we recognized a net decrease of $0.4 million in liabilities and at December 31, 2013, had $0.9 million in liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. Included in this liability amount were $0.01 million accrued for the related interest, net of federal income tax benefits and $0.02 million for the related penalties recorded in income tax expense on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Management expects an additional reduction of $0.4 million in the reserve over the next twelve months due to statute expirations.

A summary of the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 1,325   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

     —     

Reductions related to tax positions of prior years

     —     

Decrease due to statute expirations

     (401

Related interest and penalties, net of federal tax benefits

     (8
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 916   
  

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance (deferred taxes)

For financial reporting purposes, we recorded a valuation allowance of $2.9 million as of December 31, 2013 to offset a portion of the deferred tax assets related to the state net operating loss carryforwards. Management regularly reviews our financial forecasts in an effort to determine our ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards for tax purposes. Accordingly, the valuation allowance is adjusted periodically based on management’s estimate of the benefit the company will receive from such carryforwards.

Basic and Diluted Net Earnings Per Share

Basic net earnings per share has been computed using the weighted average number of Class A and Class B shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effects of stock options.

 

88


Table of Contents

Options to purchase 1,640,392, 1,927,099 and 2,162,067 shares of Class A common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Diluted weighted average shares outstanding exclude outstanding stock options whose exercise price is in excess of the average price of the company’s stock price. These options are excluded from the respective computations of diluted net income or loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive. The number of anti-dilutive shares as of December 31, 2011, and 2012 was 1,397,538, and 480,825, respectively.

The following table sets forth the shares used to compute basic and diluted net earnings per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012      2013  

Weighted average shares

     24,475,102         24,577,605        24,938,075   

Effect of dilutive securities—stock options

     208,542         409,361         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares adjusted for dilutive securities

     24,683,644         24,986,966        24,938,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segments

We have historically had one reportable operating segment—radio broadcasting. Our radio-broadcasting segment operates radio stations throughout the United States, various radio networks and our National sales group. Beginning with the first quarter of 2011, we separated our non-broadcast segment into two operating segments, Internet and Publishing. We believe that this information regarding our non-broadcast segment is useful to readers of our financial statements. Additionally, due to growth within our Internet operations, including the acquisition of WorshipHouseMedia.com on March 28, 2011, our Internet segment qualifies for disclosure as a reportable segment. All prior periods presented have been updated to reflect the separation of these non-broadcast segments. Our Internet segment operates all of our websites and our consumer product sales. Our publishing segment operates our print magazine and Xulon Press, a print-on-demand book publisher. We present our segment operating results in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements.

Variable Interest Entities

We account for entities qualifying as variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in accordance with “FASB ASC Topic 810, Consolidation which requires VIEs to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that holds the majority of the beneficial interests in the VIE. A VIE is an entity for which the primary beneficiary’s interest in the entity can change with changes in factors other than the amount of investment in the entity.

We may enter into LMA’s contemporaneously with entering an APA to acquire or sell a radio station. We may also enter into TBA’s. Typically, both LMA’s and TBA’s are contractual agreements under which the station owner / licensee makes airtime available to a programmer / licensee in exchange for a fee and reimbursement of certain expenses. LMA’s and TBA’s are subject to compliance with the antitrust laws and the communications laws, including the requirement that the licensee must maintain independent control over the station and, in particular, its personnel, programming, and finances. The FCC has held that such agreements do not violate the communications laws as long as the licensee of the station receiving programming from another station maintains ultimate responsibility for, and control over, station operations and otherwise ensures compliance with the communications laws.

The requirements of FASB ASC Topic 810 may apply to entities under LMA’s or TBA’s, depending on the facts and circumstances related to each transaction. As of December 31, 2013 we did not consolidate any entities with which we entered into LMA’s or TBA’s under the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 810.

Concentrations of Business Risks

We derive a substantial part of our total revenues from the sale of advertising. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 43.0%, 42.3% and 41.8% of our total revenues, respectively, were generated from the sale of broadcast advertising. We are particularly dependent on revenue from stations in the Los Angeles and Dallas markets, which generated 15.2% and 23.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011, 16.2% and 23.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 15.2% and 25.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Because substantial portions of our revenues are derived from local advertisers in these key markets, our ability to generate revenues in those markets could be adversely affected by local or regional economic downturns.

 

89


Table of Contents

Concentrations of Credit Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents; trade accounts receivable and derivative instruments. We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions. Such balances may be in excess of FDIC insured limits. To manage the related credit exposure, we continually monitor the credit worthiness of the financial institutions where we have deposits. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the wide variety of customers and markets in which we provide services, as well as the dispersion of our operations across many geographic areas. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, but generally do not require collateral to support customer receivables. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on various factors including the credit risk of specific customers, age of receivables outstanding, historical trends, economic conditions and other information. Historically, our bad debt expense has been within management’s expectations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant areas for which management uses estimates include: (1) asset impairments, including broadcasting licenses and goodwill; (2) income tax valuation allowances; (3) uncertain tax positions; (4) allowance for doubtful accounts; (5) self-insurance reserves; (6) fair value of equity awards; (7) estimated lives for tangible and intangible assets; (8) fair value measurements; (9) contingent consideration and (10) contingency reserves. These estimates require the use of judgment as future events and the effect of these events cannot be predicted with certainty. The estimates will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired and as more information is obtained. We evaluate and update our assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and we may consult outside experts to assist as necessary.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications include the separation of our non-broadcast segment into two operating segments, Internet and Publishing. We believe that this information regarding our non-broadcast segments is useful to readers of our financial statements. Additionally, due to growth within our Internet operations, including the acquisition of WorshipHouseMedia.com as discussed in Note 3, our Internet segment qualifies for disclosure as a reportable segment. All prior periods presented have been updated to reflect the separation of these non-broadcast segments. These reclassifications also include the accounting for discontinued operations as described in more detail in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Changes to accounting principles are established by the FASB in the form of accounting standards updates (“ASU’s”) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. We consider the applicability and impact of all ASU’s. ASU’s not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable to our financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, (“FASB ASU 2013-11”). This update clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations where a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction or the tax law of the jurisdiction does not require, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Retrospective application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that the adoption of this pronouncement may have on our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“FASB ASC Topic 815”). The update permits the use of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a US

 

90


Table of Contents

benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under FASB ASC Topic 815, in addition to the interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the US government (“UST”) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The update also removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. This ASU is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. We do not expect the impact of adopting this ASU to be material to our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date, an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 405, Liabilities (“FASB ASC Topic 405”). The update requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed as of the reporting date as the sum of the obligation the entity agreed to pay among its co-obligors and any additional amount the entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and is required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations that existed upon adoption of the ASU. We do not expect the impact of adopting this ASU to be material to our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or presentation thereof.

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-04, “Technical Corrections and Improvements.” The amendments in this update cover a wide range of Topics in the Accounting Standards Codification. These amendments include technical corrections and improvements to the Accounting Standards Codification and conforming amendments related to fair value measurements. The amendments in this update will be effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires us to disclose both net and gross information about assets and liabilities that have been offset, if any, and the related arrangements. The disclosures under this new guidance are required to be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. We are required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 2. IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND OTHER INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

We account for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.” We do not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather test for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired.

Approximately 70% of our total assets as of December 31, 2013, consist of indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as broadcast licenses, goodwill and mastheads, the value of which depends significantly upon the operating results of our businesses. In the case of our radio stations, we would not be able to operate the properties without the related FCC broadcast license for each property. Broadcast licenses are renewed with the FCC every eight years for a nominal cost that is expensed as incurred. We continually monitor our stations’ compliance with the various regulatory requirements. Historically, all of our broadcast licenses are renewed at the end of their respective periods, and we expect that all broadcast licenses will continue to be renewed in the future. Accordingly, we consider our broadcast licenses to be indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” Broadcast licenses account for approximately 94% of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill and magazine mastheads account for the remaining 6%. We do not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather test for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired.

We complete our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each year. We believe that our estimate of the value of our broadcast licenses, mastheads, and goodwill is a critical accounting estimate as the value is significant in relation to our total assets, and our estimates incorporate variables and assumptions that are based on experiences and judgment about future operating performance of our markets and business segments. The fair value measurements for our indefinite-lived intangible assets use significant unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the estimates that market participants would use in measuring fair value including assumptions about risk. The unobservable inputs are defined in FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” as Level 3 inputs discussed in detail in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

91


Table of Contents

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350).” Under ASU 2012-02, we have the option to assess whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If it is more likely than not that impairment exists, we are required to perform a quantitative analysis to estimate the fair value of the assets. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgment in considering events and circumstances that may affect the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets and to weigh these events and circumstances by what we believe to be the strongest to weakest indicator of potential impairment. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the provisions of ASU 2012-02 as of our 2012 annual testing period.

ASU 2012-02 provides examples of events and circumstances that could affect the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, the examples are not all-inclusive and are not by themselves indicators of impairment. We considered these events and circumstances, as well as other external and internal considerations. Our analysis, in order of what we consider to be the strongest to weakest indicators of impairment include: (1) the difference between any recent fair value calculations and the carrying value; (2) financial performance, such as station operating income, including performance as compared to projected results used in prior estimates of fair value; (3) macroeconomic economic conditions, including limitations on accessing capital that could affect the discount rates used in prior estimates of fair value; (4) industry and market considerations such as a declines in market-dependent multiples or metrics, a change in demand, competition, or other economic factors; (5) operating cost factors, such as increases in labor, that could have a negative effect on future expected earnings and cash flows; (6) legal, regulatory, contractual, political, business, or other factors; (7) other relevant entity-specific events such as changes in management or customers; and (8) any changes to the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Broadcast Licenses

The unit of accounting we use to test broadcast licenses is the cluster level, which we define as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building and equipment and managed by a single general manager. The cluster level is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results. For our 2012 annual tests, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our market clusters and a qualitative assessment for the twelve market clusters that were more likely than not to have an impairment. Our 2012 fair value estimates were prepared using the start-up income approach to estimate the fair value of the broadcast license. The start-up-income approach measures the expected future economic benefits that the broadcast licenses provide and discounts these future benefits using a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow analysis assumes that the broadcast licenses hypothetical start-up stations and the values yielded by the discounted cash flow analysis represent the portion of the stations value attributable solely to the broadcast license. The discounted cash flow model incorporates variables such as projected revenues, operating profit margins, forecasted growth rates, estimated start-up costs, losses expected to be incurred in the early years, competition within the market, the effective tax rate, future terminal values and the risk-adjusted discount rate. The variables used reflect historical company growth trends, industry projections, and the anticipated performance of the business. The discounted cash flow projection period was determined to be ten years, which is typically the time radio station operators and investors expect to recover their investments as widely used by industry analysts in their forecasts. We did not record an impairment of our broadcast licenses during 2012.

For our 2013 annual tests, we also performed a qualitative assessment for all of our market clusters. We reviewed the significant assumptions applicable to our 2012 fair value estimates to assess if events and circumstances have occurred that could affect the significant inputs used in these fair value estimates. We reviewed each of the key estimates and assumptions and determined that there have been no significant changes that would need to be applied to a hypothetical start-up station in order to estimate the fair value. Projected revenues, operating profit margins, forecasted growth rates, estimated start-up costs, losses expected to be incurred in the early years, competition within the market, the effective tax rate, future terminal values and the risk-adjusted discount rate are consistent with those applied in the 2012 testing period. We also reviewed internal benchmarks and economic performance for each of our markets to conclude that we could reasonably rely upon the 2012 fair value estimates and assumptions as a starting point to our qualitative analysis.

 

92


Table of Contents

We calculated the amount by which the 2012 estimated fair values exceeded our carrying amounts to calculate the excess of fair value. We concluded that markets with broadcast licenses with a 25% or more excess of the estimated fair value over the carrying value were not likely to be impaired. We believe based on our analysis and review, including the financial performance of each market, that a 25% excess fair value margin is conservative and reasonable in the qualitative analysis. We determined that nine of the twelve markets for which a 2012 fair value was obtained were subject to further testing. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which our prior year start-up income estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses:

 

     Geographic Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013  
     Percentage Range By Which 2012 Estimated Fair Value Exceeds  Carrying Value  
     £25%      >26-30%      >30% to 75%      > than 75%  

Number of market clusters

     9         1         2         —     

Broadcast license carrying value (in thousands)

   $ 217,111       $ 18,501       $ 13,577       $ —     

Our qualitative review also included a review of the financial results of each market cluster. Radio station are often sold on the basis of a multiple of projected cash flow, or station operating income less station operating expenses (“SOI”). Numerous trade organizations and analysts review these radio stations sales to track SOI multiples applicable to each transaction. Based on published reports and analysis of transactions, we believe industry benchmarks to be in the six to seven times cash flow range. Based our analysis, we determined that an SOI benchmark of four would be a conservative indicator of fair value. We determined that eight of the remaining markets were subject to further testing. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which our estimated fair value as a multiple of SOI exceeded the carrying value of our broadcasting licenses for these market clusters:

 

     Geographic Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013  
     Percentage Range By Which SOI Estimated Fair Value Exceeds  Carrying Value  
     £5%      >6-10%      >11% to 40%      >than 40%  

Number of market clusters

     8         1         4         8   

Broadcast license carrying value (in thousands)

   $ 51,850       $ 2,402       $ 61,354       $ 21,835   

We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal and valuation firm, to perform an appraisal of the indefinite-lived intangible asset(s). Bond & Pecaro utilized an income approach to value broadcast licenses. The income approach measures the expected economic benefits that the broadcast licenses provides and discounts these future benefits using a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow analysis assumes that the broadcast licenses are held by hypothetical start-up stations and the values yielded by the discounted cash flow analysis represent the portion of the stations value attributable solely to the broadcast license. The discounted cash flow model incorporates variables such as projected revenues, operating profit margins, and a discount rate. The variables used reflect historical company growth trends, industry projections, and the anticipated performance of the business. The discounted cash flow projection period was determined to be ten years; which is typically the time radio station operators and investors expect to recover their investments as widely used by industry analysts in their forecasts.

The key estimates and assumptions used in the start-up income valuation for our broadcast licenses were as follows:

 

Broadcast Licenses

  

December 31, 2011

  

December 31, 2012

  

December 31, 2013

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   3.8%—36.3%    5.1%—35.5%    4.1%—37.5%

Long-term market revenue growth rate ranges

   1.0%—4.0%    0.3%—15.0%    1.0%—2.5%

The table below presents the results of our quantitative analysis for 17 market clusters as of the 2013 annual testing period.

 

     Excess Fair Value  

Market Cluster

   2013 Estimate  

Atlanta, GA

     13.6

Boston, MA

     6.9

Chicago, IL

     6.4

Cleveland, OH

     4.6

Colorado Springs, CO

     82.5

Columbus, OH

     6.0

Dallas, TX

     10.9

Detroit, MI

     2.9

Greenville, SC (NEW)

     8.5

Honolulu, HI

     6.3

Los Angeles, CA

     107.4

Louisville, KY

     8.0

Minneapolis, MN

     85.8

Omaha, NE

     1.1

Phoenix, AZ

     17.4

Portland, OR

     6.9

Sacramento, CA

     1.6

 

93


Table of Contents

Based on our review and analysis we determined that no impairment charges were necessary to the carrying value of our broadcast licenses as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2013. Based on prior tests, we determined that no impairments of our broadcast licenses were necessary for years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Mastheads

Mastheads consist of the graphic elements that identify our publications to readers and advertisers. These include customized typeset page headers, section headers, and column graphics as well as other name and identity stylized elements within the body of each publication. We test the value of mastheads as a single combined publishing entity as our print magazines operate from one shared facility under one general manager with operating results and cash flows reported on a combined basis for all publications. This is the lowest level for which discrete financial information and cash flows are available and the level reviewed by management to analyze operating results.

We have regularly performed quantitative reviews of mastheads based on the low margin by which our estimated fair values exceed our carrying value and actual operating results that do not meet or exceed our expectations. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal firm, to estimate the fair value of our mastheads using an income-based approach. The income-based approach utilized an estimated royalty stream that measures a cost savings to the business because it does not have to pay a royalty to use the owned trade name and content. The analysis assumes that the assets are employed by a typical market participant in their highest and best use. A discounted cash flow method is applied to calculate the estimated fair value of our mastheads, the key estimates and assumptions to which are as follows:

 

Mastheads     

December 31,
2011

    

Interim

June 30, 2012

    

December 31,
2012

    

Interim

June 30, 2013

    

December 31,
2013

Discount rate

     8.5%      8.5%      8.5%      9.0%      9.5%

Projected revenue growth ranges

     1.5% -2.50%      1.5% -2.50%      1.5% -3.0%      1.0% -2.8%      1.2% - 2.5%

Royalty growth rate

     3.0%      3.0%      3.0%      3.0%      2.0%

As of our June 2012 interim testing period, the estimated fair value of our mastheads exceeded our carrying value by 1.7%. As of our 2012 annual testing, we recorded an impairment charge associated with mastheads of $0.1 million driven by a reduction in projected net revenues. For the interim testing performed as of June 2013, projected revenue growth rates were lowered based on failure of the print magazine segment to achieve the amounts previously projected. Based on these lower actual and projected growth rates. we recorded an impairment of $0.3 million as of June 2013. During our 2013 annual testing, our royalty rate was lowered to 2.0% from the 3.0% industry standard based on gross margins associated with the segment. Additionally, the discount rate was raised from 9.0% to 9.5% based on risks associated with print magazines. We recorded an additional $0.3 million impairment charge associated with mastheads because of these changes. The primary driver of our impairments is the reduction of revenues, which are prevalent throughout the print magazines industry and is not unique to our operations.

Goodwill—Broadcast

We adopted ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” as of our 2012 annual testing period. As a result, beginning in 2012, the first step of our impairment tests for goodwill is a thorough assessment of qualitative factors to determine if events or circumstances indicate that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts. If the qualitative test indicates it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts, a quantitative assessment is not required. The unit of accounting used to test broadcast licenses is the cluster level, which we define as a group of radio stations operating in the same geographic market, sharing the same building and equipment and managed by a single general manager. Eleven of our 32 market clusters and our networks have goodwill associated with them as of our annual testing period ending December 31, 2013 compared to nine of our 31 markets as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2012.

 

94


Table of Contents

The first step of our review included an assessment to determine if events and circumstances have occurred that could affect the significant inputs used in our fair value estimates. We estimated fair values using a market and income approach and compared the estimated fair value of each market cluster to its carrying value including goodwill. Under the market approach, we applied a multiple of four to each market clusters’ station operating income (“SOI”) to calculate the estimated fair value. As described above, we believe that an SOI benchmark of four would be a conservative indicator of fair value. Under the income approach, we utilized a discounted cash flow method to calculate the estimated fair value of the accounting unit. The discounted cash flow method incorporates the cumulative present value of the net after-tax cash flows projected for each market assuming that it is a hypothetical start-up station. The key estimates and assumptions used in the start-up income valuation of our broadcast market clusters for each testing period are as follows:

 

    

December 31,

Goodwill –Broadcast Market Clusters

  

2011

  

2012

  

2013

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   3.8% - 38.0%    5.1% - 35.5%    4.1% - 37.5%

Long-term market revenue growth rate ranges

   1.0% - 4.0%    0.3% - 15.0%    1.0% - 2.5%

If the carrying amount, including goodwill, exceeded the estimated fair value of the market cluster, an indication exists that the amount of goodwill attributed to that market cluster may be impaired. When we have indication of impairment, we perform a second step to determine the amount of any impairment. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal and valuation firm, to determine the enterprise value of four of our market clusters in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The enterprise valuation assumes that the subject assets are installed as part of an operating business rather than as a hypothetical start-up. The key estimates and assumptions used for our enterprise valuations are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011    December 31, 2012    December 31, 2013

Enterprise Valuations

  

Broadcast Market
Clusters

  

Broadcast Market
Clusters

  

Broadcast Market
Clusters

Discount rate

   9.0%    9.0%    9.0%

Operating profit margin ranges

   6.8% - 45.4%    16.9% - 49.2%    11.9% - 44.7%

Long-term revenue market growth rate ranges

   1.5% - 3.5%    1.0% - 3.5%    1.0% - 2.5%

Based on our review and analysis we determined that no impairment charges were necessary to the carrying value of our broadcast goodwill as of the annual testing period ending December 31, 2013. Based on prior tests, we determined that no impairments of our broadcast goodwill were necessary for years ending December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The estimated fair value of our networks exceeded the carrying value by 63%, 113.0% and 101.6% for each of the annual testing periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The tables below present the percentage within a range by which the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of each of our market clusters, including goodwill:

 

     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2013  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying  Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 1%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     4         1         3         3  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 28,952       $ 17,978       $ 45,375       $ 45,152  
     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2012  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     2         1         1         5  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 18,836       $ 1,423       $ 10,506       $ 132,645  
     Broadcast Market Clusters as of December 31, 2011  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of market clusters

     1         2         3         2  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ 9,877       $ 17,487       $ 68,506       $ 5,178  

Goodwill – Internet & Publishing

During 2012, we adopted ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” As a result, beginning in 2012, the first step of our impairment tests for goodwill is a thorough assessment of qualitative factors to determine if events or circumstances indicate that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts. If the qualitative test indicates it is not more likely than not that the fair value of these assets is less than their carrying amounts, a quantitative assessment is not required. The units of accounting we use to test goodwill in our Internet business include Townhall.com and Salem Web Network. The operating results for Salem Web Network reflect the operating results

 

95


Table of Contents

and cash flows for all of our Internet sites exclusive of Townhall.com. We also separate our publishing business into two accounting units. The first publishing accounting unit is the magazine unit, which operates and produces all publications from a stand-alone facility, under one general manager, with operating results and cash flows of all publications reported on a combined basis. The second accounting unit is our book publishing division, Xulon Press, which also operates from a stand-alone facility, under one general manager who is responsible for the separately stated operating results and cash flows. Four of these accounting units have goodwill associated with them as our annual testing period.

We have regularly performed quantitative reviews of goodwill associated with our print magazine unit based on the low margin by which our estimated fair values exceed our carrying value including goodwill and actual operating results that do not meet or exceed our expectations. We engaged Bond & Pecaro, an independent third-party appraisal firm, to estimate the enterprise value of our business unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The enterprise valuation assumes that the subject assets are installed as part of an operating business rather than as a hypothetical start-up. The key estimates and assumptions used for our enterprise valuations are as follows:

 

Enterprise Valuation

  

December 31,
2011

  

Interim

June 30, 2012

  

December 31, 2012

  

Interim

June 30, 2013

  

December 31,
2013

     (Internet)    (Publishing)    (Internet & Publishing)    (Publishing)    (Publishing)

Discount rate

   13.5%    8.5%    8.5% - 13.5%    9.0%    9.5%

Operating profit margin ranges

   18.4 - 22.0%    1.4% - 7.5%    0.5% - 22.0%    0.9% - 6.0%    (0.5%) - 6.0%

Long-term revenue market growth rate ranges

   3.0%    1.5%    1.5% - 3.0%    1.5% - 2.8%    1.5% - 6.1%

Based on our review and analysis of the enterprise estimated fair value, we recorded a $0.4 million impairment charge associated with the print magazine goodwill as of the June 2013 interim testing period. This impairment was driven by lower projected profit margins based on the failure of the print magazine segment to achieve the amounts previously projected. Additionally, the discount rate was raised from 9.0% to 9.5% based on risks associated with print magazines. The reduction of revenue in the print magazine segment is prevalent throughout the print magazine industry and is not unique to our operations. No impairment charges were necessary as of the annual testing periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value of our accounting units, including goodwill.

 

     Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31, 2013  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying  Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

     2         —          2         —    

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ $28,707       $ —         $ 5,107       $ —    
     Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31, 2012  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

     —          —          2         2  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ —         $ —         $ 28,722       $ 2,103  
     Internet and Publishing Accounting units as of December 31, 2011  
     Percentage Range By Which Estimated Fair Value Exceeds Carrying  Value Including Goodwill  
     £ 10%      >10% to 20%      >20% to 50%      > than 50%  

Number of accounting units

     1         1         1         1  

Carrying value including goodwill (in thousands)

   $ $1,123       $ 3,764       $ 22,757       $ (46 )

 

96


Table of Contents

We believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, however, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or by us, or if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets below the amounts reflected on our balance sheet, we may recognize future impairment charges, the amount of which may be material.

NOTE 3. ACQUISITIONS AND RECENT TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we completed or entered into the following transactions:

Debt

On December 30, 2013, we repaid $0.8 million in principal on our current senior secured credit facility, consisting of a term loan of $300.0 million (“Term Loan B”). We recorded a $3,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

On September 30, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on our Term Loan B. We recorded a $16,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

On June 28, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $14,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount.

On May 3, 2013, we terminated the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties (as defined below) with Mr. Atsinger, Mr. Epperson and Mr. Hinz. There were no early termination penalties and no further amounts owed by Salem as a result of the termination of the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties.

On March 14, 2013, we entered into the Term Loan B and a senior secured revolving credit facility of $25.0 million (“Revolver”). We used the proceeds from the Term Loan B and the Revolver to fund the repurchase of our Terminated 95/8% Notes pursuant to a cash tender offer launched on February 25, 2013 (“Tender Offer”), and to retire all other outstanding debt and pay related fees. Upon entry into the credit facility, our then existing revolving credit facilities, indebtedness due to First California Bank, and Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties were terminated. As a result of these terminations, we recorded a pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt of $0.9 million associated with unamortized bank fees and closing costs.

On March 14, 2013, we tendered for $212.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes in the Tender Offer. We paid $22.7 million for this repurchase resulting in a $26.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt, which included approximately $0.8 million of unamortized discount and $2.9 million of bond issue costs associated with the Terminated 95/8% Notes. We issued a notice of redemption to redeem any Terminated 95/ 8% Notes that remained outstanding after the expiration date of the Tender Offer. On June 3, 2013, we redeemed the remaining $0.9 million of the outstanding Terminated 95/ 8% Notes to satisfy and discharge Salem’s obligations under the indenture for the Terminated 95/8% Notes as of such date.

Equity

On November 20, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0550 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.4 million, or $0.0550 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on December 27, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of December 10, 2013.

On September 12, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.0525 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.3 million, or $0.0525 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on October 4, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of September 26, 2013.

On May 30, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on June 28, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of June 14, 2013.

 

97


Table of Contents

On March 18, 2013, we announced a quarterly distribution in the amount of $0.05 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. The quarterly distribution of $1.2 million, or $0.05 per share of Class A and Class B common stock, was paid on April 1, 2013 to all common stockholders of record as of March 25, 2013.

Acquisitions

On December 10, 2013, we acquired Twitchy.com for $0.9 million paid in cash upon close of the transaction and up to $1.2 million in contingent earn-out consideration payable based on the achievement of future page view targets. Twitchy.com is a website featuring selected quotes and current events centered on US politics, global news, sports, entertainment, media, and breaking news. The contingent earn-out consideration is payable upon achievement of page view milestones over a two year period and has an estimated fair value of $0.6 million as of the closing date. The estimated fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration was determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value measurement includes page view forecasts which represent a Level 3 measurement as discussed in Note 7 of the accompanying consolidated financial statement in Item 8 of this report. The fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration will be reviewed quarterly over the two-year earn-out period based on actual page views as compared to the estimates used in our forecasts. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration will be reflected in our results of operations in future periods as they are identified. We believe that the followers of Twitchy.com, the established relationships and the assembled workforce provide future economic benefits to us, and we have recorded goodwill of $0.4 million representing the excess value of the Twitchy.com business.

On December 9, 2013, we acquired the EverythingInspirational.com domain name along with fourteen Facebook pages and various other Christian-themed social media intangible assets for $0.4 million in cash. We paid $0.1 million in cash upon closing and will pay the remaining $0.3 million in cash over three installments within 180 days from the closing date. The first installment of $0.1 million was paid on February 6, 2014.

On September 23, 2013, we entered into an APA to acquire radio stations KDIS-FM, Little Rock, Arkansas and KRDY-AM, San Antonio, Texas for $2.5 million in cash, of which $0.5 million related to the KRDY-AM tower site land in San Antonio, Texas. On December 20, 2013, we closed on the land purchase for $0.5 million in cash. The radio station acquisitions closed on February 7, 2014.

On September 11, 2013, we acquired the GodUpdates Facebook page for $0.3 million in cash, which we paid to the buyer on October 22, 2013.

On August 10, 2013, we acquired Christnotes.org for $0.5 million in cash. Christnotes.org is an online bible resource that allows users to search for bible verses and access commentary from biblical scholars. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $20,755 representing the excess value of the business to us resulting from the integrated business model and services already established that provide future economic benefits to us due to increased web presence that drives viewers to our content.

On February 15, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WTOH-FM, Columbus, Ohio, for $4.0 million in cash. We began operating the radio station under a LMA with the prior owner on November 1, 2012. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date.

On February 5, 2013, we completed the acquisition of WGTK-FM, Greenville, South Carolina, for $5.4 million. The $5.4 million purchase price consists of $1.0 million in cash due upon close of the transaction, $2.0 million payable in April 2014, and $3.0 million payable in advertising credits to Bob Jones University, a related party of the station’s owner. The advertising credits are payable over ten years resulting in a fair value of $2.4 million. The $0.6 million discount on the advertising credits was recorded as a reduction of the fair value and will be amortized to interest expense over the ten year term. We began operating the radio station under a LMA with the prior owner on December 3, 2012. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date. We paid the entire balance due on the seller financed note, including accrued interest on September 30, 2013.

Throughout the year ending December 31, 2013, we have acquired various domain names, including ChristianHeadlines.com, as well as other intangible assets including applications associated with our Internet segment for an aggregate amount of approximately $0.2 million.

 

98


Table of Contents

A summary of our business acquisitions and asset purchases for the year ended December 31, 2013, none of which were material to our consolidated financial position as of the respective date of acquisition, is as follows:

 

Acquisition Date

  

Description

  

Total Consideration

          (Dollars in thousands)
December 10, 2013    Twitchy.com (business acquisition)    $1,536
December 9, 2013    EverythingInspirational.com (asset purchases)    400
September 23, 2013    Land, San Antonio, Texas (asset purchase)    500
September 11, 2013    GodUpdates (asset purchase)    250
August 10, 2013    Christnotes.org (business acquisition)    500
February 15, 2013    WTOH-FM, Columbus, Ohio (business acquisition)    4,000
February 5, 2013    WGTK-FM, Greenville, South Carolina (business acquisition)    5,427
Various    Purchase of various intangible Internet assets (asset purchases)    207
     

 

      $12,820
     

 

The results of operations of the acquisitions are included in our consolidated results of operations from their respective dates of acquisition or LMA date if applicable. Under the acquisition method of accounting as specified in FASB ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations,” the total acquisition consideration is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the transaction. Estimates of fair value include discounted estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience, market trends as well as any synergies to be achieved from the acquisition. Acquisitions may include contingent consideration, the fair value of which is estimated on the acquisition date as the present value of the expected contingent payments, determined using weighted probabilities of possible payments. We may obtain an independent third-party appraisal of the estimated fair value of the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date. Property, plant and equipment are recorded at the estimated fair value and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value and amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill represents the organizational systems and procedures in place to ensure the effective operation of the stations. Costs associated with acquisitions, including consulting and legal fees are expensed as incurred in corporate operating expenses.

The total acquisition consideration is equal to the sum of all cash payments, the fair value of any deferred payments and promissory notes and the net present value of any contingent earn-out consideration. We estimated the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement as defined in Note 7 -Fair Value Measurements. The following table summarizes the total acquisition consideration for the year ending December 31, 2013:

 

Description

   Total Consideration  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash payments

   $ 7,477   

Early repayment of principal on seller-financed note due 2014

     2,000   

Deferred cash payments (due 2014)

     300   

Net present value of deferred advertising credits

     2,427   

Fair value of contingent earn-out consideration

     616   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price consideration

   $ 12,820   
  

 

 

 

The total acquisition consideration was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

 

     Broadcast
Assets
Acquired
     Internet
Assets
Acquired
     Net Assets
Acquired
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets

        

Property and equipment

   $ 1,752       $ 355       $ 2,107   

Broadcast licenses

     7,429                7,429   

Goodwill

     37         393         430   

Customer lists and contracts

             359         359   

Domain and brand names

             1,687         1,687   

Software

             99         99   

Favorable and assigned lease

     709                709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,927       $ 2,893       $ 12,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Pending Transactions:

On November 13, 2013, we entered into an APA to acquire radio station WOCN-AM, Miami, Florida for $1.2 million in cash and the transmitter site for this station for $1.0 million in cash. The purchase is subject to the approval of the FCC and is expected to close during the year ending December 31, 2014.

Discontinued Operations:

We ceased operating Samaritan Fundraising in December 2011 based on operating results that did not meet our expectations. All employees of this entity were terminated and we have had no material cash flows and we have had no ongoing or further involvement in the operations of this entity. The Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations for all prior periods presented have been updated to reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as a discontinued operation. As of December 31, 2013, assets of discontinued operations consist of net receivables due to us from prior operations. The following table sets forth the components of income (loss) from discontinued operations:

 

100


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ 1,950     $ 38     $ 10   

Operating expenses

     2,793        196        72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (843 )   $ (158 )   $ (62

Impairment of assets used in discontinued operations

     (382              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (1,225 )   $ (158 )   $ (62

Benefit from income taxes

     (484 )     (63     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (741 )   $ 95     $ (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we completed or entered into the following transactions:

Debt

On December 12, 2012, we redeemed $4.0 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for $4.1 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.2 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $17,000 of unamortized discount and $0.1 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

On June 1, 2012, we redeemed $17.5 million of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes for $18.0 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $80,000 of unamortized discount and $0.3 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

On May 21, 2012, we entered into a new Business Loan Agreement, Promissory Note and related loan documents with First California Bank (the “FCB Loan”). The FCB Loan is an unsecured, $10.0 million fixed-term loan with a maturity date of June 15, 2014. At December 31, 2012, $7.5 million was outstanding on the FCB Loan.

On May 21, 2012, we entered into an additional subordinated line of credit with Roland S. Hinz, a Salem board member. Mr. Hinz committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6.0 million. On September 12, 2012, we amended and restated the original subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz to increase the unsecured revolving line of credit by $6.0 million for a total line of credit of up to $12.0 million. At December 31, 2012, $15.0 million was outstanding on all of our Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties, including amounts due Mr. Epperson.

Equity

On March 7, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized and declared a quarterly dividend in the amount of $0.035 per share on Class A and Class B common stock. Quarterly common stock dividends of $0.035 per share, were paid on March 30, 2012, June 29, 2012, September 28, 2012 and December 28, 2012, respectively, to all common stockholders of record. We paid $3.4 million in dividends during 2012. We anticipate paying quarterly common stock dividends in March, June, September and December of each year.

Acquisitions

On December 3, 2012, we began operating radio station WGTK-FM, Greenville, South Carolina under an LMA with the owner. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date. The acquisition of this radio station closed on February 5, 2013.

On November 1, 2012, we began operating radio station WTOH-FM, Columbus, Ohio under an LMA with the owner. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the LMA date. The acquisition of this radio station closed on February 15, 2013.

On October 1, 2012, we completed the acquisition of Godvine.com for $4.2 million. Godvine.com is a Christian video website and media platform that increases our online presence and offers significant exposure on Facebook with over 2.8 million Facebook fans. We believe that the addition of Godvine.com makes Salem Web Network the largest online destination for Christian content with an average of 5.8 million unique visits per month.

 

101


Table of Contents

On August 31, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station WLCC-AM, Tampa, Florida, for $1.2 million. We began operating the station as of the closing date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date.

On August 30, 2012, we acquired SermonSpice.com for $3.0 million. SermonSpice.com is an online provider of church media for local churches and ministries. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $1.2 million representing the excess value of the business attributable to the organizational systems and procedures already in place to ensure effective operations of the business.

On May 29, 2012, we acquired an FM translator and related construction permits for $0.3 million that will be used in our Detroit broadcast market.

On May 15, 2012, we purchased Churchangel.com and rchurch.com for $0.2 million. These Internet sites are operated under SWN to enhance and build our relationships with local churches and pastors.

On April 10, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station WKDL-AM in Warrenton, Virginia for $30,000. We began operating the station as of the closing date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date.

On March 16, 2012, we completed the sale of radio station WBZS-AM in Pawtucket, Rhode Island for $0.8 million in cash. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $0.2 million. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity through the date of the sale.

On January 13, 2012, we completed the acquisition of radio station KTNO-AM, Dallas, Texas for $2.2 million. We began programming the station pursuant to a TBA with the previous owner on November 1, 2011. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the TBA date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect the net assets of this entity as of the closing date.

A summary of our business acquisitions and asset purchases for the year ended December 31, 2012, none of which were individually or in aggregate material to our consolidated financial position as of the respective date of acquisition, is as follows:

 

Acquisition Date

  

Description

  

Total Consideration

 
          (Dollars in thousands)  

October 1, 2012

   Godvine.com (business acquisition)    $ 4,200   

August 31, 2012

   WLCC-AM, Tampa, Florida (business acquisition)      1,150   

August 30, 2012

   Sermonspice.com (business acquisition)      3,000   

May 15, 2012

   Churchangel.com and rchurch.com (asset purchase)      165   

April 10, 2012

   WKDL-AM, Warrenton, Virginia (business acquisition)      30   

January 13, 2012

   KTNO-AM, Dallas, Texas (business acquisition)      2,150   
     

 

 

 
      $ 10,695   
     

 

 

 

The total acquisition consideration was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

 

     Broadcast
Assets
Acquired
     Internet
Assets
Acquired
    Net
Assets
Acquired
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Asset

       

Property and equipment

   $ 2,235       $ 289      $ 2,524   

Broadcast licenses

     1,086               1,086   

Goodwill

     9         2,283        2,292   

Customer lists and contracts

             767        767   

Software

             309        309   

Customer relationships

             927        927   

Domain and brand names

             2,711        2,711   

Non-compete

             106        106   

Liabilities

       

Subscriber liabilities assumed

             (27     (27
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,330       $ 7,365      $ 10,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we completed or entered into the following transactions:

Debt

On December 12, 2011, we redeemed $12.5 million of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes for $12.9 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.8 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $62,000 of unamortized discount and $0.3 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

On November 17, 2011, Salem entered into lines of credit with Edward G. Atsinger III, Chief Executive Officer and director of Salem, and Stuart W. Epperson, Chairman of Salem’s board of directors. Pursuant to the related agreements, Mr. Epperson has committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit to Salem in a principal amount of up to $3 million, and Mr. Atsinger has committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million (together, the “ Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties “). The proceeds of the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties may be used to repurchase a portion of Salem’s outstanding senior secured notes. Outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (1) 5% per annum and (2) the maximum rate permitted for subordinated debt under the Credit Agreement referred to above plus 2% per annum. Interest is payable at the time of any repayment of principal. In addition, outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit must be repaid within three months from the time that such amounts are borrowed. The Subordinated Lines of Credit do not contain any covenants. At December 31, 2011, $9.0 million was outstanding under the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties.

On November 15, 2011, we completed the Second Amendment to our Revolver entered on December 1, 2009, to among other things: (1) extend the maturity date from December 1, 2012 to December 1, 2014 (2) change the interest rate applicable to LIBOR or the Wells Fargo base rate plus a spread to be determined based on our leverage ratio, (3) allow us to borrow and repay unsecured indebtedness provided certain conditions are met and (4) include step-downs related to our leverage ratio covenant. We incurred $0.5 million in fees to complete this amendment, which are being amortized over the remaining term of the credit agreement. The applicable interest rate relating to the amended credit agreement is LIBOR plus a spread of 3.0% per annum or the Base Rate (as defined in the credit agreement) plus a spread of 1.25% per annum, which is adjusted based on our leverage ratio.

On September 6, 2011, we repurchased $5.0 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes due 2016 for $5.1 million, or at a price equal to 1027/8% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $0.3 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including approximately $26,000 of unamortized discount and $0.1 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

On June 1, 2011, we redeemed $17.5 million of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for $18.0 million, or at a price equal to 103% of the face value. This transaction resulted in a $1.1 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of debt, including $0.1 million of unamortized discount and $0.5 million of bond issue costs associated with the 95/8% Notes.

Acquisitions and Dispositions

On December 21, 2011, we completed the acquisition of radio station KTEK-AM in Houston, Texas for $2.6 million, which includes $1.0 million of cash and $1.6 million netted against the unpaid portion of our note receivable. We began operating the station on March 5, 2010, pursuant to a long-term TBA. The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results of this entity as of the TBA date. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect the net assets of this entity as of the closing date. We previously sold the assets of KTEK-AM on March 28, 2008 for $7.8 million, which included $4.5 million in cash and $3.3 million in notes receivable of which we collected $1.8 million. Our 2011 purchase was partially funded by the unpaid portion of the note of $1.5 million.

On March 28, 2011, we completed the acquisition of the Internet business, WorshipHouseMedia.com, an on-line church media and video ministry website, for $6.0 million in cash. WorshipHouseMedia.com offers users worship and small group resources, including movie illustrations, song tracks, worship backgrounds, small group video curriculum and worship software, to churches that may face budget, time and in-house talent constraints. The site also includes WorshipHouseKids, which offers similar products designed to meet the needs of children’s ministry media in the church. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date. The acquisition resulted in goodwill of $2.1 million representing the excess value of the business as a result of the integrated business model and services already established that provide future economic benefit to us.

On March 14, 2011, we completed the acquisition of radio station WDDZ-AM, Pawtucket, Rhode Island, for $0.6 million in cash. We began operating the station as WBZS-AM upon the close of the transaction. The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the operating results and net assets of this entity as of the acquisition date. On January 5, 2012, we entered into an APA to sell this radio station for $0.8 million.

 

103


Table of Contents

On March 1, 2011, we sold radio station WAMD-AM in Aberdeen, Maryland resulting in a pre-tax loss of $0.2 million that was previously recognized upon entering into the agreement in September 2010.

On February 25, 2011, we sold radio station KXMX-AM in Los Angeles, California for $12.0 million, which was comprised of $11.0 million in cash and a $1.0 million promissory note. The $1.0 million promissory note has a three-year term, bearing interest at 7% compounded annually, due on February 25, 2016. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $2.1 million.

On January 6, 2011, we sold radio station KKMO-AM in Seattle, Washington for $2.7 million in cash resulting in a pre-tax gain of $2.4 million.

On January 3, 2011, we began programming radio station KVCE-AM, Highland Park, Texas pursuant to a long-term TBA.

A summary of our business acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2011, none of which were individually or in aggregate material to our consolidated financial position as of the respective date of acquisition, is as follows:

 

Acquisition Date

  

Description

  

Total Consideration

 
          (Dollars in thousands)  

December 21, 2011

   KTEK-AM, Houston, Texas (business acquisition)    $ 2,601   

March 28, 2011

   WorshipHouseMedia.com (business acquisition)      6,000   

March 14, 2011

   WBZS-AM, Pawtucket, Rhode Island (business acquisition)      550   
     

 

 

 
      $ 9,151   
     

 

 

 

The total acquisition consideration was allocated to the net assets acquired as follows:

 

     Net Broadcast
Assets Acquired
     Net Internet
Assets Acquired
     Net Assets
Acquired
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Asset

        

Property and equipment

   $ 1,018       $ 8       $ 1,026   

Broadcast licenses

     2,130         —           2,130   

Goodwill

     3         2,143         2,146   

Customer lists and contracts

     —           80         80   

Domain and brand names

     —           457         457   

Internally developed software

     —           311         311   

Customer relationships

     —           2,451         2,451   

Other amortizable intangible assets

     —           550         550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,151       $ 6,000       $ 9,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Land

   $ 28,846      $ 29,748   

Buildings

     24,663        24,695   

Office furnishings and equipment

     37,935        38,794   

Antennae, towers and transmitting equipment

     74,897        76,454   

Studio and production equipment

     29,234        29,819   

Computer software and website development costs

     18,859        21,653   

Record and tape libraries

     65        65   

Automobiles

     1,107        1,139   

Leasehold improvements

     16,721        17,414   

Construction-in-progress

     2,963        4,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 235,290      $ 244,143   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (135,823     (145,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 99,467      $ 98,928   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was approximately $12.5 million, $12.3 million and $12.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively, which includes depreciation of $53,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 on a radio station tower that was valued at $0.8 million under a capital lease obligation. Accumulated depreciation associated with the capital lease was $238,000, $291,000 and $344,000 at December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

104


Table of Contents

During June 2012, based on changes in managements’ planned usage, land in Covina, CA was classified as held for sale and evaluated for impairment as of that date. In accordance with the authoritative guidance for impairment of long-lived assets held for sale, we determined the carrying value of the land exceeded the estimated fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an impairment charge of $5.6 million associated with this land based on the estimated sale price. In December 2012, after several purchase offers for the land were terminated, we obtained a third party valuation for the land. Based on this fair value appraisal, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment charge associated with the land. There were no indications of impairment present during the period ending December 31, 2013 and it is our intent to continue to pursue the sale of this land.

The table below presents the fair value measurements used to value this asset.

 

            Fair Value Measurements Using:  
            (Dollars in thousands)  

Description

   As of December 31, 2013      Quoted prices in
active markets
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable

Inputs  (Level 3)
     Total Gains
(Losses)
 

Long-Lived Asset Held for Sale

   $ 1,700             $ 1,700       $ 6,808   

NOTE 5. AMORTIZABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following tables provide details, by major category, of the significant classes of amortizable intangible assets:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Customer lists and contracts

   $ 17,572       $ (14,232 )    $ 3,340   

Domain and brand names

     12,700         (8,124     4,576   

Favorable and assigned leases

     2,358         (1,701     657   

Other amortizable intangible assets

     4,096         (3,876     220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 36,726       $ (27,933 )    $ 8,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2012  
     Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Customer lists and contracts

   $ 17,213       $ (12,665   $ 4,548   

Domain and brand names

     11,015         (7,192     3,823   

Favorable and assigned leases

     1,649         (1,594     55   

Other amortizable intangible assets

     3,997         (3,670     327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 33,874       $ (25,121   $ 8,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on the amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2013, we estimate amortization expense for the next five years to be as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amortization Expense  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2014

   $ 2,851   

2015

     2,170   

2016

     1,343   

2017

     944   

2018

     729   

Thereafter

     756   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,793   
  

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Our parent company, Salem Communications Corporation, has no independent assets or operations, the subsidiary guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of the parent company other than the subsidiary guarantors are minor.

Term Loan B and Revolving Credit Facility

On March 14, 2013, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility, consisting of a term loan of $300.0 million (“Term Loan B”) and a revolving credit facility of $25.0 million (“Revolver”). The Term Loan B was issued at a discount of 4.50% for total net proceeds of $298.5 million. The discount is being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, approximately $0.2 million of the discount has been recognized as interest expense.

The Term Loan B has a term of seven years, in which time the principal amount may be increased by up to an additional $60.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement. We are required to make principal payments of $750,000 per quarter beginning on September 30, 2013 for the Term Loan B. The Revolver has a term of five years. We believe that the borrowing capacity under our Term Loan B and Revolver allows us to meet our ongoing operating requirements, fund capital expenditures and satisfy our debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months.

On December 30, 2013, we repaid $0.8 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $3,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. On September 30, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $16,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. On June 28, 2013, we repaid $4.0 million in principal on the Term Loan B. We recorded a $14,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to the unamortized discount. As of December 31, 2013, accrued interest on the Term Loan B was approximately $36,000.

Borrowings under the Term Loan B may be made at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 1.00%) plus a spread of 3.50% or Wells Fargo’s base rate plus a spread of 2.50%. Borrowings under the Revolver may be made at LIBOR or Wells Fargo’s base rate plus a spread determined by reference to our leverage ratio, as set forth in the pricing grid below. If an event of default occurs under the credit agreement, the applicable interest rate may increase by 2.00% per annum.

 

          Revolver Pricing  

Pricing Level

  

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

  

Base Rate Loans

   

LIBOR Loans

 

1

   Less than 3.00 to 1.00      1.250     2.250

2

   Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 but less than 4.00 to 1.00      1.500     2.500

3

   Greater than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but less than 5.00 to 1.00      1.750     2.750

4

   Greater than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 but less than 6.00 to 1.00      2.000     3.000

5

   Greater than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00      2.500     3.500

The obligations under the credit agreement and the related loan documents are secured by liens on substantially all of the assets of Salem and its subsidiaries, other than certain exceptions set forth in the Security Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013, among Salem, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (the “Security Agreement”) and such other related loan documents.

With respect to financial covenants, the credit agreement includes a minimum interest coverage ratio, which starts at 1.50 to 1.0 and steps up to 2.50 to 1.0 by 2016 and a maximum leverage ratio, which starts at 6.75 to 1.0 and steps down to 5.75 to 1.0 by 2017. The credit agreement also includes other negative covenants that are customary for credit facilities of this type, including covenants that, subject to exceptions described in the credit agreement, restrict the ability of Salem and its subsidiary guarantors: (i) to incur additional indebtedness; (ii) to make investments; (iii) to make distributions, loans or transfers of assets; (iv) to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any liens; (v) to sell assets; (vi) to enter into transactions with affiliates; or (vii) to merge or consolidate with, or dispose of all or substantially all assets to, a third party. As of December 31, 2013, our leverage ratio was 5.49 to 1 compared to our compliance covenant of 6.75 and our interest coverage ratio was 3.16 compared to our compliance ratio of 1. We were in compliance with our debt covenants under the credit facility at December 31, 2013.

Terminated Senior Secured Second Lien Notes

On December 1, 2009, we issued $300.0 million principal amount of Terminated 95/8% Notes at a discount for $298.1 million resulting in an effective yield of 9.75%. Interest was due and payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year,

 

106


Table of Contents

commencing June 15, 2010 until maturity. We were not required to make principal payments on the Terminated 95/8% Notes, which were due in full in December 2016. The Terminated 95/ 8% Notes were guaranteed by all of our existing domestic restricted subsidiaries. Upon issuance, we were required to pay $28.9 million per year in interest on the then outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes. As of December 31, 2012, accrued interest on the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes was $0.9 million. The discount was being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Terminated 95/ 8% Notes based on the effective interest method. For each of the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $37,000 and $0.2 million of the discount, respectively, was recognized as interest expense.

On March 14, 2013, we tendered for $212.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the Terminated 95/8% Notes for an aggregate purchase price of $240.3 million, or at a price equal to 110.65% of the face value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes in the Tender Offer. We paid $22.7 million for this repurchase resulting in a $26.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt, which included approximately $0.8 million of unamortized discount and $2.9 million of bond issue costs associated with the Terminated 95/8% Notes. We issued a notice of redemption to redeem any of the Terminated 95/8% Notes that remained outstanding after the expiration date of the Tender Offer. On June 3, 2013, we redeemed the remaining $0.9 million of the outstanding Terminated 95/ 8% Notes to satisfy and discharge Salem’s obligations under the indenture for the Terminated 95/8% Notes. The carrying value of the Terminated 95/8% Notes was $212.6 million at December 31, 2012. There are no outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes as of the effectiveness of the redemption.

Information regarding repurchases and redemptions of the Terminated 95/8% Notes are as follows:

 

Date

   Principal
Redeemed/Repurchased
     Premium
Paid
     Unamortized
Discount
     Bond Issue
Costs
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

June 3, 2013

   $ 903       $ 27       $ 3       $ —     

March 14, 2013

     212,597         22,650         837         2,867   

December 12, 2012

     4,000         120         17         57   

June 1, 2012

     17,500         525         80         287   

December 12, 2011

     12,500         375         62         337   

September 6, 2011

     5,000         144         26         135   

June 1, 2011

     17,500         525         93         472   

December 1, 2010

     12,500         375         70         334   

June 1, 2010

     17,500         525         105         417   

Terminated Senior Credit Facility

On December 1, 2009, our parent company, Salem Communications Corporation entered into a Revolver (“Terminated Revolver”). We amended the Terminated Revolver on November 1, 2010 to increase the borrowing capacity from $30 million to $40 million. The amendment allowed us to use borrowings under the Revolver, subject to the “Available Amount” as defined by the terms of the credit agreement, to redeem applicable portions of the Terminated 95/8% Notes. The calculation of the “Available Amount” also pertained to the payment of dividends when the leverage ratio was above 5.0 to 1.

On November 15, 2011, we completed the Second Amendment of the Terminated Revolver to, among other things, (1) extend the maturity date from December 1, 2012 to December 1, 2014, (2) change the interest rate applicable to LIBOR or the Wells Fargo base rate plus a spread to be determined based on our leverage ratio, (3) allow us to borrow and repay unsecured indebtedness provided certain conditions are met and (4) include step-downs related to our leverage ratio covenant. We incurred $0.5 million in fees to complete this amendment, which were being amortized over the remaining term of the agreement. The applicable interest rate relating to the amended credit agreement was LIBOR plus a spread of 3.00% per annum or the Base Rate plus a spread of 1.25% per annum, which was adjustable based on our leverage ratio. If an event of default occurred, the interest rate could be increased by 2.00% per annum. Details of the change in our rate based on our leverage ratio were as follows:

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

   Base Rate     Eurodollar
Rate Loans
    Applicable
Fee Rate
 

Less than 3.25 to 1.00

     0.75     2.25     0.40

Greater than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 but less than 4.50 to 1.00

     0.75     2.50     0.50

Greater than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 but less than 6.00 to 1.00

     1.25     3.00     0.60

Greater than or equal to 6.00 to 1.00

     2.25     3.50     0.75

The Terminated Revolver included a $5 million subfacility for standby letters of credit and a subfacility for swingline loans of up to $5 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement relating to the Terminated Revolver. In addition to interest charges outlined above, we paid a commitment fee on the unused balance based on the Applicable Fee Rate in the above table. The Terminated Revolver included a $5 million subfacility for standby letters of credit and a subfacility for swingline loans of up to $5 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the credit agreement.

 

107


Table of Contents

The Terminated Revolver was terminated on March 14, 2013 upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. This termination resulted in a $0.9 million pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt related to unamortized credit facility fees. There is no outstanding balance on the Terminated Revolver as of the termination date.

Terminated Subordinated Credit Facility with First California Bank

On May 21, 2012, we entered into a Business Loan Agreement, Promissory Note and related loan documents with First California Bank (the “FCB Loan”). The FCB Loan was an unsecured, $10.0 million fixed-term loan with a maturity date of June 15, 2014. The interest rate for the FCB Loan (“Interest Rate”) was variable and was equal to the greater of: (a) 4.250% or (b) the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal and reported by FCB plus 1%.

We were required to repay the FCB Loan as follows: (a) twenty-three (23) consecutive monthly interest payments based upon the then-current principal balance outstanding at the then-current Interest Rate commencing on September 15, 2012; (b) seven quarterly consecutive principal payments of $1.25 million each commencing on September 15, 2012; and (c) one final principal and interest payment on June 15, 2014 of all outstanding and unpaid interest and principal as of such maturity date. The FCB Loan could be prepaid at any time subject to a minimum interest charge of fifty dollars ($50). If an event of default occurred on the FCB Loan, the Interest Rate could have been increased by 5.00% per annum.

The FCB loan was terminated on March 14, 2013 upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. This termination resulted in a $33,000 pre-tax loss on the early retirement of long-term debt for unamortized credit facility fees. There is no outstanding balance on the FCB Loan as of the termination date.

Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

On November 17, 2011, we entered into the Terminated Subordinated Debt due Related Parties with Edward G. Atsinger III, Chief Executive Officer and director of Salem, and Stuart W. Epperson, Chairman of Salem’s Board of Directors. Pursuant to the related agreements, Mr. Epperson committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit to Salem in a principal amount of up to $3 million, and Mr. Atsinger committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million. On May 21, 2012, we also entered into a subordinated line of credit with Roland S. Hinz, a Salem board member. Mr. Hinz committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million. On September 12, 2012, we amended and restated the original subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz to increase the unsecured revolving line of credit by $6 million for a total line of credit of up to $12 million.

The proceeds of the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties could be used to repurchase a portion of the Terminated 95/8% Notes. Outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit bore interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (1) 5% per annum and (2) the maximum rate permitted for subordinated debt under the Terminated Revolver referred to above plus 2% per annum. Interest was payable at the time of any repayment of principal. In addition, outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit were required to be repaid within three (3) months from the time that such amounts are borrowed, with the exception of the subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz, which was to be repaid within six (6) months from the time that such amounts were borrowed. The Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties did not contain any covenants. On March 14, 2013, we repaid these lines of credit upon entry into our current senior secured credit facility. On April 3, 2013, we provided written notice to Messrs. Atsinger, Epperson and Hinz electing to terminate the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties and related agreements effective as of May 3, 2013. There are no outstanding balances on the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties as of the repayment date.

Summary of long-term debt obligations

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Term Loan B

   $ —        $ 289,939   

Revolver

     —          —     

Terminated Revolver

     33,000        —     

Terminated 95/8% senior secured second lien notes due 2016

     212,622        —     

Terminated Subordinated debt

     7,500        —     

Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

     15,000        —     

Capital leases and other loans

     858        854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     268,980        290,793   

Less current portion

     (20,108     (3,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 248,872      $ 287,672   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

In addition to the outstanding amounts listed above, we also have interest payments related to our long-term debt as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

   

Outstanding borrowings of $291.3 million under the Term Loan B with interest payments due at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 1.00%) plus 3.50% or prime rate plus 2.50%.

Other Debt

We enter capital leases for copiers and various other pieces of office equipment. The obligations recorded at December 31, 2012 and 2013 represent the present value of future commitments under the lease agreements.

Maturities of Long-Term Debt

Principal repayment requirements under all long-term debt agreements outstanding at December 31, 2013 for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

     Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2014

   $ 3,121   

2015

     3,107   

2016

     3,094   

2017

     3,101   

2018

     3,091   

Thereafter

     275,279   
  

 

 

 
   $ 290,793   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7. FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” established a hierarchal disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observability utilized in measuring fair value. This framework defines three levels of inputs to the fair value measurement process and requires that each fair value measurement be assigned to a level corresponding to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three broad levels of inputs defined by the FASB ASC Topic 820 hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

 

   

Level 2 Inputs—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

   

Level 3 Inputs—unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. These unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (which might include the reporting entity’s own data).

 

109


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued interest approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities approximates fair value as the related interest rates approximate rates currently available to the company. The following table summarizes the fair value of our financial assets that are measured at fair value:

 

     December 31, 2013  
   Total Fair Value and
Carrying Value on
Balance Sheet
     Fair Value Measurement Category  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 65       $ 65       $ —         $ —     

Trade accounts receivable, net

     37,627         37,627         —           —     

Fair value of interest rate swap

     3,177         —           3,177         —     

Fair value of earn-out contingent payment

     616         —           —           616   

Liabilities

           

Accounts payable

     3,960         3,960         —           —     

Accrued expenses

     7,888         7,888         —           —     

Accrued interest

     37         37         —           —     

Long-term debt

     287,672         287,672         —           —     

NOTE 8. INCOME TAXES

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Our evaluation was performed for tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions, which range from 2009 through 2012.

The consolidated provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations for Salem consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (8   $ 8      $ —     

State

     282        198       193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     274        206        193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     4,425        3,649        (1,075

State

     1,411        (3,702 )     (3,310
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,836        (53     (4,385
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ 6,110      $ 153     $ (4,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations are reported net of the tax benefit of $0.5 million in 2011, $(0.06) million in 2012 and $(0.02) million in 2013.

The consolidated deferred tax asset and liability consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Financial statement accruals not currently deductible

   $ 6,146      $ 6,786   

Net operating loss, AMT credit and other carryforwards

     58,702        71,246   

State taxes

     103        90   

Other

     3,014        3,322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     67,965        81,444   

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (2,913     (2,868
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 65,052      $ 78,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Excess of net book value of property, plant, equipment and software for financial reporting purposes over tax basis

   $ 5,032      $ 3,840   

Excess of net book value of intangible assets for financial reporting purposes over tax basis

     100,040        109,133   

Interest rate swap

     —          1,251   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     1,325        933   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     106,397        115,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (41,345   $ (36,581
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the above net deferred tax liabilities to the financial statements:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deferred income tax asset per balance sheet

   $ 6,248     $ 6,876   

Deferred income tax liability per balance sheet

     (47,593     (43,457
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (41,345 )   $ (36,581
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income tax is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Statutory federal income tax rate (at 35%)

   $ 4,364      $ 1,637      $ (2,411

Effect of state taxes, net of federal

     1,102        (2,278     (2,025

Permanent items

     696        788        270   

ISO benefit

     —          —          —     

Other, net

     (52     6        (26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 6,110      $ 153      $ (4,192
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $155.6 million that expire in 2020 through 2033 and for state income tax purposes of approximately $974.6 million that expire in years 2014 through 2033. For financial reporting purposes at December 31, 2013, we had a valuation allowance of $2.9 million, net of federal benefit, to offset a portion of the deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards that may not be realized.

NOTE 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The company enters into various agreements in the normal course of business that contain minimum guarantees. The typical minimum guarantee is tied to future revenue amounts that exceed the contractual level. Accordingly, the fair value of these arrangements is zero.

The company and its subsidiaries, incident to its business activities, are parties to a number of legal proceedings, lawsuits, arbitration and other claims. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. The company maintains insurance that may provide coverage for such matters. Consequently, the company is unable to ascertain the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or the financial impact with respect to these matters. The company believes, at this time, that the final resolution of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect upon the company’s annual consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Salem leases various land, offices, studios and other equipment under operating leases that generally expire over the next ten to twenty-five years. The majority of these leases are subject to escalation clauses and may be renewed for successive periods ranging from one to five years on terms similar to current agreements and except for specified increases in lease payments. Rental expense included in operating expense under all lease agreements was $14.9 million, $15.7 million and $16.9 million in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

     Related Parties      Other      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2014

   $ 1,445       $ 9,730       $ 11,175   

2015

     1,449        9,046        10,495   

2016

     1,367         6,787         8,154   

2017

     1,042        4,809        5,851   

2018

     439         3,858         4,297   

Thereafter

     4,212        23,556        27,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,954       $ 57,786       $ 67,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

NOTE 10. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

The company has one stock incentive plan. The Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) allows the company to grant stock options and restricted stock to employees, directors, officers and advisors of the company. A maximum of 5,000,000 shares are authorized under the Plan. Options generally vest over a four year period and have a maximum term of five years from the vesting date. The Plan provides that vesting may be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain corporate transactions of the company. The Plan provides that the Board of Directors, or a committee appointed by the Board, has discretion, subject to certain limits, to modify the terms of outstanding options. We recognize non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to the estimated fair value of stock options granted in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Compensation.”

During the year ending December 31, 2012, the Board of Directors accelerated the vesting period for two outstanding stock awards issued to two employees. This accelerated vesting resulted in additional compensation cost of $0.1 million recognized in the fourth quarter of 2012. The following table reflects the components of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Stock option compensation expense included in corporate expenses

   $ 603     $ 933     $ 766   

Restricted stock shares compensation expense included in corporate expenses

     4       —          481   

Stock option compensation expense included in broadcast operating expenses

     281       305       302   

Stock option compensation expense included in Internet operating expenses

     52        111        253   

Stock option compensation expense included in publishing operating expenses

     10        19        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense, pre-tax

   $ 950      $ 1,368     $ 1,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax benefit (expense) from stock-based compensation expense

     (220 )     (579 )     (740
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 730     $ 789     $ 1,109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock option and restricted stock grants

The Plan allows the company to grant stock options and shares of restricted stock to employees, directors, officers and advisors of the company. For grants of stock options, the option exercise price is set at the closing price of the company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the related number of shares underlying the stock option is fixed at that point in time. The Plan also provides for grants of restricted stock. Eligible employees may receive stock options annually with the number of shares and type of instrument generally determined by the employee’s salary grade and performance level. In addition, certain management and professional level employees typically receive a stock option grant upon commencement of employment. The Plan does not allow key employees and directors (restricted persons) to exercise options during pre-defined blackout periods. Employees may participate in plans established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that allow them to exercise options according to pre-established criteria.

We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the grant date fair value of stock options and restricted stock. The expected volatility reflects the consideration of the historical volatility of our stock as determined by the closing price over a six to ten year term that is generally commensurate with the expected term of the award. Expected dividends reflect the quarterly distributions authorized and declared on our Class A and Class B common stock as of the grant date. The expected term of the awards are based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected term of the award are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. We use historical data to estimate future forfeiture rates to apply against the gross amount of compensation expense determined using the valuation model.

The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the stock options and restricted shares using the Black-Scholes valuation model were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  

Expected volatility

     101.49     102.37     100.78

Expected dividends

     0.0     5.07     2.05

Expected term (in years)

     7.5        8.2        6.6   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.64     1.66     1.06

 

112


Table of Contents

Stock option information with respect to the company’s stock-based equity plans during the three years ended December 31, 2013 is as follows (Dollars in thousands, except weighted average exercise price and weighted average grant date fair value):

 

Options

   Shares     Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term

   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     1,151,998      $ 6.83       $ 5.36       5.0 years    $ 748   

Granted

     630,000        2.43         2.05            116   

Exercised

     (41,112     0.59         0.42            125   

Forfeited or expired

     (100,494     11.47         7.72            22   
  

 

 

            

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,640,392      $ 5.01       $ 4.07       5.2 years    $ 584   
  

 

 

            

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     655,228        7.56         5.47       2.9 years      414   
  

 

 

            

Expected to Vest

     980,189      $ 3.31       $ 3.13       6.8 years    $ 170   

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

     1,640,392      $ 5.01       $ 4.07       5.2 years    $ 584   

Granted

     626,000        2.74         1.51            1,704   

Exercised

     (261,205     1.57         1.28            910   

Forfeited or expired

     (78,088     14.06         8.03            10,824   
  

 

 

            

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     1,927,099      $ 4.37       $ 3.45       5.4 years    $ 3,899   
  

 

 

            

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     707,024        6.58         5.41       2.9 years      1,004   
  

 

 

            

Expected to Vest

     1,158,461      $ 3.09       $ 2.32       6.8 years    $ 2,749   

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

     1,927,099      $ 4.37       $ 3.45       5.4 years    $ 3,899   

Granted

     735,750        6.93         4.90            1,303   

Exercised

     (410,983     3.46         2.47            1,883   

Forfeited or expired

     (89,799     12.30         7.43            72   
  

 

 

            

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

     2,162,067      $ 5.09       $ 3.57       5.5 years    $ 8,491   
  

 

 

            

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

     514,751        6.29         4.52       2.7 years      1,919   
  

 

 

            

Expected to Vest

     1,564,128      $ 4.71       $ 3.28       6.4 years    $ 6,240   

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2013 of $8.70 and the option exercise price of the shares for stock options that were in the money, multiplied by the number of shares underlying such options. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Non-employee directors of the company have been awarded restricted stock grants that vest one year from the date of issuance. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the company granted restricted stock awards to certain members of management. These restricted stock awards vested immediately, but contained transfer restrictions under which they could not be sold, pledged, transferred or assigned until the three-month anniversary from the grant date. The restricted stock awards were independent of option grants and were granted at no cost to the recipient other than applicable taxes owed by the recipient. The awards were considered issued and outstanding from the date of grant.

The fair values of shares of restricted stock are determined based on the closing price of the company common stock on the grant dates. There were no restricted stock awards outstanding during the year ending December 31, 2012. Information regarding the company’s restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2013 is as follows:

 

Restricted Stock

   Shares     Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Non-Vested at January 1, 2011

     10,000      $ 2.03   

Granted

    

Lapsed

     (10,000     2.03   

Forfeited

     —       
  

 

 

   

Non-Vested at December 31, 2011

     —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

Non-Vested at January 1, 2013

     —        $ —     

Granted

     79,810        6.02   

Lapsed

     (79,810     6.02   

Forfeited

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

Non-Vested at December 31, 2013

     —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

113


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards of stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.86 years.

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

Range of Exercise Prices

   Options      Weighted Average
Contractual Life
Remaining
(Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Exercisable
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$0.36 - $ 3.00

     997,166         5.9       $ 2.51         196,000       $ 2.00   

$3.01 - $ 6.00

     289,625         3.9         5.15         171,725         5.17   

$6.01 - $ 9.00

     728,250         6.5         6.93         —           —     

$9.01 - $ 12.00

     70,050         1.2         11.80         70,050         11.80   

$12.01 - $ 15.00

     58,475         0.9         13.88         58,475         13.88   

$15.01 - $ 18.00

     13,876         0.4         16.75         13,876         16.75   

$18.01 - $ 21.00

     4,625         0.9         18.89         4,625         18.89   

$21.01 - $ 24.00

     —           —           —           —           —     

$24.01 - $ 25.50

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

$0.36 - $ 25.50

     2,162,067         5.5       $ 5.09         514,751       $ 6.29   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

NOTE 11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Our board of directors has adopted a written policy for review, approval and monitoring of transactions between the company and its related parties. Related parties include our directors, executive officers, nominees to become a director, any person beneficially owning more than 5% of any class of our stock, immediate family members of any of the foregoing, and any entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in which the person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest. The policy covers material transactions in which a related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest.

Leases with Principal Stockholders

A trust controlled by the Chief Executive Officer of the company, Edward G. Atsinger III, owns real estate on which assets of one radio station are located. Salem has entered into a lease agreement with this trust. Rental expense related to this lease included in operating expense for 2011, 2012 and 2013 amounted to $160,000, $165,000 and $170,000, respectively.

Land and buildings occupied by various Salem radio stations are leased from entities owned by the company’s CEO and its Chairman of the Board. Rental expense under these leases included in operating expense for 2011, 2012 and 2013 amounted to $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties

On November 17, 2011, we entered into terminated subordinated lines of credit with Edward G. Atsinger III, Chief Executive Officer and director of Salem, and Stuart W. Epperson, Chairman of Salem’s board of directors. Pursuant to the related agreements, Mr. Epperson had committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit to Salem in a principal amount of up to $3 million, and Mr. Atsinger had committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6 million. On May 21, 2012, we entered into a line of credit with Roland S. Hinz, a Salem board member. Mr. Hinz committed to provide an unsecured revolving line of credit in a principal amount of up to $6.0 million. On September 12, 2012, we amended and restated the original line of credit with Mr. Hinz to increase the unsecured revolving line of credit by $6.0 million for a total line of credit of up to $12.0 million (together, the “Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties”).

The proceeds of the Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties may be used to repurchase a portion of Salem’s then outstanding Terminated 95/8% Notes. Outstanding amounts under each subordinated line of credit bore interest at a rate equal to the lesser of (1) 5% per annum and (2) the maximum rate permitted for subordinated debt under the Revolver referred to above plus 2% per annum. Interest was payable at the time of any repayment of principal. In addition, outstanding amounts under each terminated subordinated line of credit were required to be repaid within three (3) months from the time that such amounts are borrowed, with the exception of the subordinated line of credit with Mr. Hinz, which was to be repaid within six (6) months from the time that such amounts were borrowed. The terminated subordinated lines of credit did not contain any

 

114


Table of Contents

covenants. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, $9.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively, was outstanding under the Terminated Subordinated Debt due to Related Parties. There are no outstanding balances on the Terminated Subordinated Debt due Related Parties as of the repayment date.

Because the transactions with Msrs. Atsinger, Epperson and Hinz described above constitute related party transactions, the nominating and corporate governance committee (the “Committee”) of Salem’s board of directors approved the entry by Salem into the subordinated lines of credit and any definitive credit agreements associated therewith. As part of its consideration, the Committee concluded that the terms of the subordinated lines of credit were more favorable to Salem as compared to terms of lines of credit available from unaffiliated third parties. Additionally, in August 2012, the company obtained a fairness opinion from Bond & Pecaro confirming this conclusion.

Radio Stations Owned by the Epperson’s

Nancy A. Epperson, the wife of the Chairman of the Board, Stuart W. Epperson, currently serves as an officer, director and stockholder of six radio stations in Virginia, five radio stations in North Carolina, and five radio stations in Florida. Chesapeake-Portsmouth Broadcasting Corporation (“Chesapeake-Portsmouth”) is a company controlled by Nancy Epperson, wife of Salem’s Chairman of the Board Stuart W. Epperson and sister of CEO Edward G. Atsinger III. Chesapeake-Portsmouth owns and operates radio stations WJGR-AM, Jacksonville, Florida, WZNZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida and WZAZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida.

The markets where these radio stations are located are not currently served by stations owned and operated by the company. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Epperson is required to offer the company a right of first refusal of opportunities related to the company’s business.

Radio Stations Owned by Mr. Hinz

Mr. Hinz, a director of the company, through companies or entities controlled by him, operates three radio stations in Southern California. These radio stations are formatted in Christian Teaching and Talk programming in the Spanish language.

Truth For Life—Mr. Hinz, Mr. Riddle and Mrs. Weinberg

Truth For Life is a non-profit organization that is a customer of Salem Communications. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, the company billed Truth For Life approximately $1.9 million, $2.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for airtime on its stations. Mr. Hinz, a director of the company was an active member of the board of directors of Truth for Life during 2009 and through September 2010. Mr. Riddle, a director of the company, joined the Truth for Life board in October 2010 and remains a member of this board. Mrs. Allyson Weinberg is the wife of the company’s former director Dennis M. Weinberg, who did not stand for re-election to the board at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Mrs. Weinberg joined the board of Truth for Life in April 2011 and remains a member of this board.

Know the Truth—Mr. Riddle

Know the Truth is a non-profit organization that is a customer of Salem Communications. During 2011, 2012 and 2013, the company billed Know the Truth approximately $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for airtime on its stations. Mr. Riddle, a director of the company, joined the Know the Truth board 2010 and remains a member of this board.

Split-Dollar Life Insurance

The company purchased split-dollar life insurance policies for its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in 1997. During 2011, the then existing policies were cancelled and new policies were entered. The company is the owner of the policies and is entitled to recover all of the premiums paid on these policies. The company records an asset based on the lower of the aggregate premiums paid or insurance cash surrender value. The premiums were $990,000, $193,000 and $386,000, for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013 we recorded net assets of $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Benefits above and beyond the cumulative premiums paid will go to the beneficiary trusts established by each of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 

115


Table of Contents

Transportation Services Supplied by Atsinger Aviation

From time to time, the company rents aircraft from a company that is owned by Edward G. Atsinger III, Chief Executive Officer and director of Salem. As approved by the independent members of the company’s board of directors, the company rents these aircraft on an hourly basis at what the company believes are market rates and uses them for general corporate needs. Total rental expense for these aircraft for 2011, 2012 and 2013 amounted to approximately $402,000, $386,000 and $239,000, respectively.

NOTE 12. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

We maintain a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which covers all eligible employees (as defined in the 401(k) Plan). Participants are allowed to make non-forfeitable contributions up to 60% of their annual salary, but may not exceed the annual maximum contribution limitations established by the Internal Revenue Service. The plan previously allowed for a company match of 50% on the first 3% of the amounts contributed by each participant and 25% on the next 3% contributed but does not match participants’ contributions in excess of 6% of their compensation per pay period. The company match was temporarily suspended in July 2008 as part of an extensive cost-reduction program. The company match was reinstated effective January 1, 2012 under new terms that allow for a company match of 50% on the first 5% of the amounts contributed by each participant. During the years ending December 31, 2012 and 2013, we contributed and expensed $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in the 401(k) Plan.

NOTE 13. EQUITY TRANSACTIONS

Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, except for specified related party transactions. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that holders of Class A common stock vote separately for two independent directors.

The following table shows distributions that have been declared and paid since January 1, 2012:

 

Announcement Date

  

Payment Date

   Amount Per Share      Cash Distributed
(in thousands)
 

November 20, 2013

   December 27, 2013    $ 0.0550       $ 1,376   

September 12, 2013

   October 4, 2013    $ 0.0525         1,308   

May 30, 2013

   June 28, 2013    $ 0.0500         1,240   

March 18, 2013

   April 1, 2013    $ 0.0500         1,234   

November 29, 2012

   December 28, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

August 30, 2012

   September 28, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

May 31, 2012

   June 21, 2012    $ 0.0350         854   

March 7, 2012

   March 30, 2012    $ 0.0350         850   

We account for stock-based compensation expense in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 “Compensation—Stock Expense.” As a result, $1.0 million, $1.4 million and $1.8 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense has been recorded to additional paid-in capital for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2012, and 2013, respectively.

 

116


Table of Contents

NOTE 14. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED):

The following table sets forth selected financial results of the company on a quarterly basis.

 

    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    2012     2013     2012     2013     2012     2013     2012     2013  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenue

  $ 54,284      $ 55,628      $ 57,626      $ 60,136      $ 56,719      $ 58,476      $ 60,550      $ 62,694   

Operating income

    7,930        6,582        3,862       9,287        8,479       8,974        10,219       9,690   

Net income (loss) before discontinued operations

    885        (18,582     (1,779     5,205        3,407        5,334        2,010        5,344   

Net income (loss)

  $ 843      $ (18,593   $ (1,792   $ 5,201      $ 3,368      $ 5,323      $ 2,009      $ 5,333   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.04      $ (0.75   $ (0.07   $ 0.20      $ 0.13      $ 0.21      $ 0.08      $ 0.21   

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.03      $ (0.75   $ (0.07   $ 0.20      $ 0.13      $ 0.21      $ 0.08      $ 0.21   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.04      $ (0.75   $ (0.07   $ 0.20      $ 0.13      $ 0.21      $ 0.08      $ 0.21   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 0.03      $ (0.75   $ (0.07   $ 0.20      $ 0.13      $ 0.21      $ 0.08      $ 0.21   

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

    24,564,947        24,632,431        24,356,298        24,737,131        24,663,027        25,126,858        24,726,148        25,255,881   

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

    24,753,671        24,632,431        24,356,298        25,624,350        25,358,052        25,921,391        25,266,368        26,051,098   

NOTE 15. SEGMENT DATA

FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” requires companies to provide certain information about their operating segments. We have historically had one reportable operating segment—radio broadcasting. Our radio broadcasting segment operates radio stations throughout the United States, as well as various radio networks and our National sales group. Beginning with the first quarter of 2011, we separated our non-broadcast segment into two operating segments, Internet and Publishing. We believe that this information regarding our non-broadcast segment is useful to readers of our financial statements. Additionally, due to growth within our Internet operations, including the acquisition of WorshipHouseMedia.com on March 28, 2011, our Internet segment meets the threshold for disclosure as a reportable segment. All prior periods presented have been updated to separate these non-broadcast segments. Our Internet segment operates all of our websites and our consumer product sales. Our publishing segment operates our print magazine and Xulon Press, a print-on-demand book publisher.

 

117


Table of Contents

Management uses operating income before depreciation, amortization, impairments, (gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets, as its measure of profitability for purposes of assessing performance and allocating resources.

 

     Radio
Broadcast
    Internet     Publishing     Corporate     Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Year Ended December 31, 2013

          

Net revenue

   $ 183,697     $ 40,906     $ 12,331     $  —        $ 236,934   

Operating expenses

     122,862        28,378        13,289        21,430        185,959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and (gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

   $ 60,835     $ 12,528     $ (958 )   $ (21,430 )   $ 50,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     7,934        2,904        444        1,166        12,448   

Amortization

     154       2,654       6       —          2,814   

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     —          —          1,006        —          1,006   

Impairment of goodwill

     —          —          438       —          438   

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     (274     —          —          10        (264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 53,021     $ 6,970     $ (2,852 )   $ (22,606 )   $ 34,533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

          

Net revenue

   $ 183,180     $ 33,474     $ 12,525     $  —        $ 229,179   

Operating expenses

     120,772        25,145        12,288        18,892        177,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and (gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

   $ 62,408     $ 8,329     $ 237     $ (18,892 )   $ 52,082   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     8,274        2,438        423        1,208        12,343   

Amortization

     105       2,189       8       2       2,304   

Impairment of indefinite-lived long-term assets other than goodwill

     —          —          88        —          88   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     6,808       —          —          —          6,808   

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     84        (76     —          41        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 47,137     $ 3,778     $ (282 )   $ (20,143 )   $ 30,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

          

Net revenue

   $ 178,731     $ 27,304     $ 12,131     $  —        $ 218,166   

Operating expenses

     115,482        20,889        11,475        17,503        165,349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and (gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

   $ 63,249     $ 6,415     $ 656     $ (17,503 )   $ 52,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

     8,834        2,139        308        1,239        12,520   

Amortization

     136       2,186       127       2       2,451   

(Gain) loss on the sale or disposal of assets

     (4,332     (11     23        167        (4,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 58,611     $ 2,101     $ 198     $ (18,911 )   $ 41,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Radio
Broadcast
    Internet     Publishing     Corporate     Consolidated  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2013

          

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 82,457      $ 6,402      $ 1,596      $ 8,473      $ 98,928   

Broadcast licenses

     381,836       —          —          —          381,836   

Goodwill

     3,917        17,550        899        8        22,374   

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          —          868       —          868   

Amortizable intangible assets, net

     661        8,119        11        2        8,793   

As of December 31, 2012

          

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 82,972      $ 6,309      $ 1,271      $ 8,915      $ 99,467   

Broadcast licenses

     373,720       —          —          —          373,720   

Goodwill

     3,881        17,157        1,337        8        22,383   

Other indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          —          1,873       —          1,873   

Amortizable intangible assets, net

     106        8,634        11        2        8,753   

 

118


Table of Contents

NOTE 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 10, 2014, we acquired the assets of Eagle Publishing, including Regnery Publishing, HumanEvents.com, and Redstate.com, as well as Eagle Financial Publications and Eagle Wellness. We began operating these entities as of the closing date. The base purchase price of the Eagle entities is $8.5 million with $3.5 million paid in cash upon closing, $2.5 million payable in January 2015 and $2.5 million payable in January 2016. Up to an additional $8.5 million of contingent earn-out consideration $8.5 million can be paid over the next three years based on the achievement of certain revenue benchmarks established for calendar years 2014, 2015 and 2016. The contingent earn out consideration will be recorded at the estimated net present value based on a weighted probability of possible payments. Changes in the fair value of the contingent earn-out consideration may materially impact and cause volatility in our future operating results.

On February 7, 2014, we closed on the acquisition of radio stations KDIS-FM, Little Rock, Arkansas and KRDY-AM, San Antonio, Texas for $2.0 million in cash. We began operating these stations as of the closing date.

On February 28, 2014, we entered into an APA to acquire radio station WOLT-FM in Greenville, South Carolina for $1.1 million. We began operating the station under an LMA as of this date. The acquisition is subject to the approval of the FCC and is expected to close during the year ending December 31, 2014.

Subsequent events reflect all applicable transactions through the date of the filing.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, is recorded accurately, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. As required by Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) under the Exchange Act, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this report.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission using the 1992 framework. Based on our evaluation under that framework and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

(c) Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Singer Lewak LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our fourth fiscal quarter for 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Salem Communications Corporation

We have audited Salem Communications Corporation and subsidiaries’ (collectively, the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion.

SingerLewak LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 3, 2014

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

Not applicable.

 

119


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT,” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION,” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this item relating to “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

The information required by this item relating to “Director Independence” is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES,” expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

 

120


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)

1. Financial Statements. The financial statements required to be filed hereunder are included in Item 8.

2. Financial Statement Schedule. The following financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 is filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Schedule II – Valuation & Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged to
Cost and
Expense
     Deductions
Bad Debt
Write-offs
    Balance at
End of Period
 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     10,026         2,069         (2,795     9,300   

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     9,300         2,554         (2,928     8,926   

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     8,926         3,456         (1,573     10,809   

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

3. Exhibits.

EXHIBIT LIST

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
  3.01   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Salem Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation.    8-K    333-41733-29    04/14/99    3.1   
  3.02   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Salem Communications Corporation, a Delaware Corporation.    8-K    000-26497    06/26/07    3.1   
  4.01   Specimen of Class A common stock certificate.    S-1/A    333-76649    Declared
Effective
06/30/99
   4.09   
  4.02   Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2009, among Salem Communications Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee and Collateral Agent.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    4.1   

 

121


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
  4.03   Form of 9.625% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2016 (filed as part of Exhibit 4.21).    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    4.2   
  4.04   Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2009, among Salem Communications Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    4.3   
  4.05   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2009, among Salem Communications Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Representative of the Initial Purchasers.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    4.4   
  4.06   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2009, among Salem Communications Holding Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    4.5   
10.01   Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2013 between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and Edward G. Atsinger III.    8-K    000-26497    03/11/13    99.1   
10.02   Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2013 between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and Stuart W. Epperson.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/13    10.02.07   

 

122


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.03   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and Evan D. Masyr.    8-K    000-26497    12/17/13    99.5   
10.04   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and David Santrella.    8-K    000-26497    12/17/13    99.3   
10.05   Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2014 between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and Francis W. Wright.    8-K    000-26497    12/17/13    99.2   
10.06   Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2014, between Salem Communications Holding Corporation and David A.R. Evans.    8-K    000-26497    12/17/13    99.4   
10.07.01   Antenna/tower/studio lease between Common Ground Broadcasting, Inc. (KKMS-AM/Eagan, Minnesota) and Messrs. Atsinger and Epperson expiring in 2016.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.04   
10.07.02   Antenna/tower lease (KFAX-FM/Hayward, California) and Salem Broadcasting Company, a partnership consisting of Messrs. Atsinger and Epperson, expiring in 2013.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.06   
10.07.03   Antenna/tower lease between Inspiration Media, Inc. (KGNW-AM/Seattle, Washington) and Messrs. Atsinger and Epperson expiring in 2012.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.08   
10.07.04   Antenna/tower lease between Inspiration Media, Inc. (KLFE-AM/Seattle, Washington) and The Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring in 2014.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.09   

 

123


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.07.05   Antenna/tower/studio lease between Pennsylvania Media Associates, Inc. (WNTP-AM/WFIL-AM/Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) and The Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring 2014.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.11.02   
10.07.06   Antenna/tower lease between New Inspiration Broadcasting Co., Inc.: as successor in interest to Radio 1210, Inc. (KPRZ-AM/San Marcos, California) and The Atsinger Family Trust expiring in 2028.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.12   
10.07.07   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Texas, Inc. (KSLR-AM/San Antonio, Texas) and Atsinger Family Trust/Epperson Family Limited Partnership expiring 2009.    10-K    000-26497    03/30/00    10.05.13   
10.07.08   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Colorado, Inc. (KNUS-AM/Denver-Boulder, Colorado) and Messrs. Atsinger and Epperson expiring 2016.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.15   
10.07.09   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Colorado, Inc. and Atsinger Family Trust/Epperson Family Limited Partnership (KRKS-AM/KBJD-AM/Denver, Colorado) expiring 2009.    10-K    000-26497    03/30/00    10.05.16   
10.07.10   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Oregon, Inc. (KPDQ-AM/FM/Portland, Oregon), and Messrs. Atsinger and Epperson expiring 2012.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.17.02   

 

124


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.07.11   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Pennsylvania, Inc. (WORD-FM/WPIT-AM/Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania) and The Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring 2013.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.18   
10.07.12   Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Texas, Inc. (KSLR-AM/San Antonio, Texas) and Epperson-Atsinger 1983 Family Trust expiring 2017.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.19   
10.07.12.01   Amendment to Lease to Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Texas, Inc. (KSLR-AM/San Antonio, TX) and Epperson-Atsinger 1983 Family Trust expiring 2017.    10-K    000-26497    03/17/08    10.06.13.01   
10.07.12.02   Second Amendment to Lease to Antenna/tower lease between Salem Media of Texas, Inc. (KSLR-AM/San Antonio, TX) and Epperson-Atsinger 1983 Family Trust expiring 2017.    10-K    000-26497    03/17/08    10.06.13.02   
10.07.13   Antenna/tower lease between South Texas Broadcasting, Inc. (KNTH-AM/Houston-Galveston, Texas) and Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring 2015.    S-4    333-41733-29    01/29/98    10.05.20   
10.07.14   Antenna/tower lease between New Inspiration Broadcasting Co., Inc. successor in interest to Vista Broadcasting, Inc. (KFIA-AM/Sacramento, California) and The Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring 2016.    S-4    333-41733-29    10/29/98    10.05.21   
10.07.15   Antenna/tower lease between Inspiration Media of Texas, Inc. (KTEK-AM/Alvin, Texas) and the Atsinger Family Trust and The Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust expiring 2018.    10-K    000-26497    03/31/99    10.05.23   

 

125


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.07.16   Studio building lease between Salem Radio Properties, Inc. and Thomas H. Moffit Jr.    10-K    000-26497    03/31/06    10.05.24   
10.07.17   Antenna/tower lease between Pennsylvania Media Associates Inc. (WTLN-AM/ Orlando, Florida) and Atsinger Family Trust and Stuart W. Epperson, revocable living trust expiring 2045.    10-K    000-26497    03/16/07    10.05.25   
10.07.18   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Inspiration Media, Inc. (KDOW-AM/Palo Alto, CA) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.20   
10.07.19   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between New Inspiration Broadcasting Company, Inc. (KFAX-AM/San Francisco, CA) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.21   
10.07.20   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Inspiration Media, Inc. (KLFE-AM/Seattle, WA) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.22   
10.07.21   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between South Texas Broadcasting, Inc. (KNTH-AM/Houston, TX) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.23   
10.07.22   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Salem Media of Oregon, Inc. (KPDQ-AM/Portland, OR) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.24   
10.07.23   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Common Ground Broadcasting, Inc. (KPXQ-AM/Glendale, AZ) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.25   

 

126


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.07.24   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Salem Media of Texas, Inc. (KSLR-AM/San Antonio, TX) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.26   
10.07.25   Lease Agreement, dated April 8, 2008, between Pennsylvania Media Associates, Inc. (WFIL-AM and WNTP-AM/Philadelphia, PA) and Principal Shareholders expiring 2023.    8-K    000-26497    04/14/08    10.06.27   
10.08.01   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 18, 2006, by and between Caron Broadcasting, Inc. and Chesapeake-Portsmouth Broadcasting Corporation (WJGR-AM, Jacksonville, Florida, and WZNZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida).    10-Q    000-26497    11/09/06    10.06.02   
10.08.02   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 14, 2006, by and between Caron Broadcasting, Inc. and Chesapeake-Portsmouth Broadcasting Corporation (WZAZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida).    10-Q    000-26497    11/09/06    10.06.03   
10.08.03   Local Programming and Marketing Agreement, dated September 14, 2006, by and between Caron Broadcasting, Inc. and Chesapeake-Portsmouth Broadcasting Corporation (WJGR-AM, Jacksonville, Florida, and WZNZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida).    10-Q    000-26497    11/09/06    10.06.04   

 

127


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.08.04   Local Programming and Marketing Agreement, dated September 14, 2006, by and between Caron Broadcasting, Inc. and Chesapeake-Portsmouth Broadcasting Corporation (WZAZ-AM, Jacksonville, Florida).    10-Q    000-26497    11/09/06    10.06.05   
10.09.01   Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and restated through June 3, 2009).    8-K    000-26497    06/09/09    10.08.04.01   
10.09.02   Form of stock option grant for Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.    10-K    000-26497    03/16/05    10.08.02   
10.09.03   Form of restricted stock option grant for Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.    10-Q    000-26497    11/09/05    10.01   
10.10   Management Services Agreement by and among Salem and Salem Communications Holding Corporation, dated August 25, 2000 (incorporated by reference to previously filed exhibit 10.11).    10-Q    000-26497    05/15/01    10.11   
10.11   Intercreditor Agreement dated as of December 1, 2009, among Salem Communications Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as first lien agent and control agent and the Collateral Agent.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    10.1   
10.12.01   Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2009, by and among Salem Communications Corporation, as the borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, L/C Issuer and a Lender, the other Lenders party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Manager, Barclays Capital and ING Capital LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Barclays Capital, as Syndication Agent, and ING Capital LLC, as Documentation Agent.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    10.2   

 

128


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.12.02   Amendment No. 1 and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010, among Salem Communications Corporation, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender party thereto.    8-K    000-26497    11/14/10    99.2   
10.12.03   Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 15, 2011 by and between Salem Communications Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.    8-K    000-26497    11/21/11    10.1   
10.13   First Lien Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2009, by and among Salem Communications Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.    8-K    000-26497    12/03/09    10.3   
10.14   Increase Joinder dated as of November 1, 2010 among Salem Communications Corporation, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Guarantors party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.    8-K    000-26497    11/4/10    99.1   
10.15   Affiliate Line of Credit, dated as of November 17, 2011 between Salem Communications Corporation and Edward G. Atsinger III.    10-K    000-26497    03/9/12    10.16   
10.16   Affiliate Line of Credit, dated as of November 17, 2011 between Salem Communications Corporation and Stuart W. Epperson.    10-K    000-26497    03/9/12    10.16   

 

129


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.17.01   Affiliate Line of Credit dated as of May 1, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation and Roland S. Hinz.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.19   
10.17.02   Amended and Restated Affiliate Line of Credit, dated as of September 12, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation and Roland S. Hinz.    8-K    000-26497    09/17/12    99.1   
10.18.01   Business Loan Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corp. and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.01   
10.18.02   Promissory Note dated May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.02   
10.18.03   Subordination Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, First California Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.03   
10.18.04   Subordination Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Edward G. Atsinger III and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.04   
10.18.05   Subordination Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Stuart W. Epperson and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.05   
10.18.06   Subordination Agreement dated as of May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Roland Hinz and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.06   

 

130


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
10.18.07   Commercial Guaranty dated May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Atsinger Family Trust and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.07   
10.18.08   Commercial Guaranty dated May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Edward G. Atsinger III and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.08   
10.18.09   Commercial Guaranty dated May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, The Stuart W. Epperson Revocable Living Trust under agreement dated January 14, 1993, as amended and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.09   
10.18.10   Commercial Guaranty dated May 21, 2012 between Salem Communications Corporation, Stuart W. Epperson and First California Bank.    10-Q    000-26497    08/09/12    10.20.10   
10.19.01   Credit Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013, by and among Salem Communications Corporation, as the borrower, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and the other Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., and Rabobank, N.A., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, SunTrust Bank, as Syndication Agent, and Rabobank, N.A. as Documentation Agent.    8-K    000-26497    03/14/13    10.1   
10.19.02   Security Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2013, by and among Salem Communications Corporation, as Borrower and the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.    8-K    000-26497    03/14/13    10.2   

 

131


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

   Form    File No.    Date of
First
Filing
   Exhibit
Number
   Filed
Herewith
 
21   Subsidiaries of Salem Communications Corporation.    —      —      —      —        X   
23.1   Consent of SingerLewak LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    —      —      —      —        X   
23.2   Consent of Bond & Pecaro, Inc., dated February 5, 2013.    —      —      —      —        X   
31.1   Certification of Edward G. Atsinger III Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act.    —      —      —      —        X   
31.2   Certification of Evan D. Masyr Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act.    —      —      —      —        X   
32.1   Certification of Edward G. Atsinger III Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.    —      —      —      —        X   
32.2   Certification of Evan D. Masyr Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.    —      —      —      —        X   
101   The following financial information from the Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically herewith: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.    —      —      —      —        X   

 

132


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    SALEM COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
March 3, 2014      
    By:  

/s/ EDWARD G. ATSINGER III

      Edward G. Atsinger III
      Chief Executive Officer
March 3, 2014      
    By:  

/s/ EVAN D. MASYR

      Evan D. Masyr
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

133


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ EDWARD G. ATSINGER III

Edward G. Atsinger III

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 3, 2014

/s/ EVAN D. MASYR

Evan D. Masyr

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 3, 2014

/s/ STUART W. EPPERSON

Stuart W. Epperson

   Chairman   March 3, 2014

/s/ DAVID DAVENPORT

David Davenport

   Director   March 3, 2014

/s/ ROLAND S. HINZ

Roland S. Hinz

   Director   March 3, 2014

/s/ JONATHAN VENVERLOH

Jonathan Venverloh

   Director   March 3, 2014

/s/ RICHARD A. RIDDLE

Richard A. Riddle

   Director   March 3, 2014

/s/ FRANK WRIGHT

Frank Wright

   Director   March 3, 2014

 

134


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   Description of Exhibits
  21    Subsidiaries of Salem Communications Corporation.
  23.1    Consent of SingerLewak LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23.3    Consent of Bond & Pecaro, Inc.
  31.1    Certification of Edward G. Atsinger III Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
  31.2    Certification of Evan D. Masyr Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act.
  32.1    Certification of Edward G. Atsinger III Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
  32.2    Certification of Evan D. Masyr Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101    The following financial information from the Annual Report on Form 10K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically herewith: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

135